SemaDecl.cpp revision 0f9dc86a14068e04e0d2cc6b4ff15eca571236ce
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 514 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 515 516 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Result.empty()? 0 : *Result.begin(); 517 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 518 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 520 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 521 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 522 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 523 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 524 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 525 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 526 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 527 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 528 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 529 } 530 531 if (SS.isEmpty()) 532 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 533 << Name << Corrected 534 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 535 else 536 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 537 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 538 << SS.getRange() 539 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 540 541 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 542 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 543 544 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 545 if (Result.empty()) 546 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 547 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 724 // of the class. 725 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 726 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 727 728 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 729} 730 731void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 732 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 733 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 734 CurContext = DC; 735 S->setEntity(DC); 736} 737 738void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 739 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 740 741 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 742 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 743} 744 745/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 746/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 747/// 748void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 749 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 750 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 751 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 752 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 753 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 754 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 755 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 756 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 757 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 758 // namespace. 759 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 760 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 761 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 762 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 763 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 764 765 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 766 767#ifndef NDEBUG 768 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 769 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 770 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 771#endif 772 773 CurContext = DC; 774 S->setEntity(DC); 775} 776 777void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 778 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 779 780 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 781 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 782 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 783 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 784 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 785 786 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 787 // disappear. 788} 789 790/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 791/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 792/// 793/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 794/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 795/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 796/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 797/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 798/// attribute. 799static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 800 ASTContext &Context) { 801 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 802 return true; 803 804 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 805 return true; 806 807 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 808 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 809} 810 811/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 812void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 813 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 814 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 815 // scope. 816 while (S->getEntity() && 817 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 818 S = S->getParent(); 819 820 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 821 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 822 // into any context. 823 if (AddToContext) 824 CurContext->addDecl(D); 825 826 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 827 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 828 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 829 D->isOutOfLine()) 830 return; 831 832 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 833 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 834 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 835 return; 836 837 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 838 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 839 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 840 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 841 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 842 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 843 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 844 845 // Should only need to replace one decl. 846 break; 847 } 848 } 849 850 S->AddDecl(D); 851 852 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 853 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 854 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 855 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 856 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 857 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 858 if (IDC == CurContext) { 859 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 860 continue; 861 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 862 break; 863 } 864 865 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 866 } else { 867 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 868 } 869} 870 871bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 872 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 873 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 874 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 875} 876 877Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 878 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 879 do { 880 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 881 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 882 return S; 883 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 884 885 return 0; 886} 887 888static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 889 DeclContext*, 890 ASTContext&); 891 892/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 893/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 894void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 895 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 896 bool ConsiderLinkage, 897 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 898 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 899 while (F.hasNext()) { 900 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 901 902 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 903 continue; 904 905 if (ConsiderLinkage && 906 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 907 continue; 908 909 F.erase(); 910 } 911 912 F.done(); 913} 914 915static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 916 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 917 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 918 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 919} 920 921/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 922static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 923 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 924 while (F.hasNext()) 925 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 926 F.erase(); 927 928 F.done(); 929} 930 931/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 932/// @code 933/// class S { 934/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 935/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 936/// }; 937/// @endcode 938static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 939 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 940 // the decl here. 941 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 942 return false; 943 944 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 945 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 946 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 947 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 948 return false; 949} 950 951bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 952 assert(D); 953 954 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 955 return false; 956 957 // Ignore class templates. 958 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 959 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 963 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 964 return false; 965 966 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 967 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 968 return false; 969 } else { 970 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 971 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 972 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 973 return false; 974 } 975 976 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 977 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 978 return false; 979 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 980 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 981 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 982 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 983 return false; 984 985 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 986 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 987 return false; 988 989 } else { 990 return false; 991 } 992 993 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 994 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 995 return false; 996 997 return true; 998} 999 1000void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1001 if (!D) 1002 return; 1003 1004 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1005 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1006 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1007 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1008 } 1009 1010 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1011 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1012 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1013 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1014 } 1015 1016 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1017 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1018 } 1019 1020static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1021 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1022 return false; 1023 1024 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1025 return false; 1026 1027 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1028 return true; 1029 1030 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1031 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1033 return false; 1034 1035 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1036 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1037 1038 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1039 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1040 1041 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1042 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1043 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1044 return false; 1045 } 1046 1047 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1048 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1049 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1053 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1054 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1055 return false; 1056 1057 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1058 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1059 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1060 // has no side effects. 1061 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1067 } 1068 1069 return true; 1070} 1071 1072/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1073/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1074void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1075 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1076 return; 1077 1078 unsigned DiagID; 1079 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1080 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1081 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1082 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1083 else 1084 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1085 1086 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1087} 1088 1089static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1090 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1091 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1092 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1093 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1094 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1095} 1096 1097void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1098 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1099 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1100 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1101 1102 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1103 I != E; ++I) { 1104 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1105 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1106 1107 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1108 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1109 1110 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1111 1112 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1113 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1114 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1115 1116 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1117 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1118 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1119 1120 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1121 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1122 } 1123} 1124 1125/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1126/// 1127/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1128/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1129/// to the fixed name. 1130/// 1131/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1132/// 1133/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1134/// if there is no class with the given name. 1135/// 1136/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1137/// class could not be found. 1138ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1139 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1140 bool TypoCorrection) { 1141 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1142 // creation from this context. 1143 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1144 1145 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1146 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1147 // find an Objective-C class name. 1148 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1149 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1150 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1151 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1152 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1154 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1155 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1156 1157 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 1161 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1162} 1163 1164/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1165/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1166/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1167/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1168/// ill-formed in C++: 1169/// @code 1170/// struct S6 { 1171/// enum { BAR } e; 1172/// }; 1173/// 1174/// void test_S6() { 1175/// struct S6 a; 1176/// a.e = BAR; 1177/// } 1178/// @endcode 1179/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1180/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1181/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1182/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1183/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1184/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1185/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1186/// contain non-field names. 1187Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1188 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1189 (S->getEntity() && 1190 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1191 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 return S; 1194} 1195 1196/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1197/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1198/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1199/// built-in. 1200NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1201 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1202 SourceLocation Loc) { 1203 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1204 1205 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1206 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1207 switch (Error) { 1208 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1209 // Okay 1210 break; 1211 1212 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1213 if (ForRedeclaration) 1214 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1215 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1216 return 0; 1217 1218 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1219 if (ForRedeclaration) 1220 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1221 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1222 return 0; 1223 } 1224 1225 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1226 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1228 << R; 1229 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1230 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1231 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1234 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1235 } 1236 1237 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1238 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1239 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1240 SC_Extern, 1241 SC_None, false, 1242 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1243 New->setImplicit(); 1244 1245 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1246 // FunctionDecl. 1247 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1248 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1249 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1250 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1251 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1252 SourceLocation(), 0, 1253 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1254 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1255 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1256 Params.push_back(parm); 1257 } 1258 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1259 } 1260 1261 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1262 1263 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1264 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1265 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1266 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1267 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1268 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1269 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1270 CurContext = SavedContext; 1271 return New; 1272} 1273 1274/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1275/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1276/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1277/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1278/// 1279void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1280 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1281 // merging checks. 1282 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1283 1284 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1285 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1286 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1287 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1288 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1289 default: break; 1290 case 2: 1291 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1292 break; 1293 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1294 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1295 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1296 return; 1297 case 5: 1298 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1299 break; 1300 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1301 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1302 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1303 return; 1304 case 3: 1305 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1306 break; 1307 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1308 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1309 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1310 return; 1311 case 8: 1312 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1313 break; 1314 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1315 return; 1316 } 1317 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1318 } 1319 1320 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1321 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1322 if (!Old) { 1323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1324 << New->getDeclName(); 1325 1326 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1327 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1328 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1329 1330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1331 } 1332 1333 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1334 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1335 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1336 1337 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1338 QualType OldType; 1339 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1340 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1341 else 1342 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1343 1344 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1345 // with any extensions enabled. 1346 1347 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1348 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1349 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1350 int Kind = 0; 1351 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1352 Kind = 1; 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1354 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1355 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1356 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1357 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1358 } 1359 1360 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1361 // declaration was a typedef. 1362 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1363 // spellings don't match exactly. 1364 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1365 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1366 1367 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1368 return; 1369 1370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1371 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1372 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1373 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1374 // to the type to which it already refers. 1375 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1376 return; 1377 1378 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1379 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1380 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1381 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1382 // 1383 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1384 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1385 // 1386 // struct S { 1387 // typedef struct A { } A; 1388 // }; 1389 // 1390 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1391 // allow the above but disallow 1392 // 1393 // struct S { 1394 // typedef int I; 1395 // typedef int I; 1396 // }; 1397 // 1398 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1399 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1400 return; 1401 1402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1403 << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1406 } 1407 1408 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1409 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1410 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1411 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1412 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1413 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1414 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1415 return; 1416 1417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1418 << New->getDeclName(); 1419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1420 return; 1421} 1422 1423/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1424/// attribute. 1425static bool 1426DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1427 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1428 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1429 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1430 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1431 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1432 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1433 return true; 1434 } 1435 1436 return false; 1437} 1438 1439/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1440static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1441 ASTContext &C) { 1442 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1443 return; 1444 1445 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1446 1447 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1448 // we process them. 1449 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1450 1451 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1452 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1453 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1454 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1455 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1456 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1457 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1458 foundAny = true; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1463} 1464 1465/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1466/// to the new one. 1467static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1468 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1469 ASTContext &C) { 1470 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1471 return; 1472 1473 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1474 1475 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1476 // done before we process them. 1477 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1478 1479 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1480 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1481 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1482 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1483 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1484 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1485 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1486 foundAny = true; 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1491} 1492 1493namespace { 1494 1495/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1496/// C. 1497struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1498 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1499 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1500 QualType PromotedType; 1501}; 1502 1503} 1504 1505/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1506Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1507 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1508 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1509 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1510 1511 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1512 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1513 1514 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1515 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1516 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1517 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1518 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1519 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1520 } 1521 1522 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1523} 1524 1525/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1526/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1527/// GNU89 mode. 1528static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1529 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1530 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1531 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1532 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1533 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1534} 1535 1536/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1537/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1538/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1539/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1540/// 1541/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1542/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1543/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1544/// merged with. 1545/// 1546/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1547bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1548 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1549 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1550 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1551 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1552 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1553 else 1554 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1555 if (!Old) { 1556 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1558 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1559 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1560 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1561 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1562 return true; 1563 } 1564 1565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1566 << New->getDeclName(); 1567 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1568 return true; 1569 } 1570 1571 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1572 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1573 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1574 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1575 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1576 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1577 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1578 else 1579 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1580 1581 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1582 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1583 1584 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1585 // is an extern inline function. 1586 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1587 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1588 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1589 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1590 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1591 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1592 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1593 } else { 1594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1595 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1596 return true; 1597 } 1598 } 1599 1600 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1601 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1602 // calling convention of the first. 1603 // 1604 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1605 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1606 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1607 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1608 // because it is the default calling convention. 1609 // 1610 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1611 // other tests to run. 1612 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1613 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1614 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1615 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1616 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1617 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1618 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1619 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1620 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1621 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1622 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1623 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1625 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1626 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1627 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1628 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1630 return true; 1631 } 1632 1633 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1634 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1635 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1636 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1637 } 1638 1639 // Merge regparm attribute. 1640 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1641 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1642 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1644 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1645 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1646 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1647 return true; 1648 } 1649 1650 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1651 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1652 } 1653 1654 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1655 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1656 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1657 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1658 } 1659 1660 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1661 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1662 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1663 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1664 // cannot be overloaded. 1665 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1666 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1667 QualType ResQT; 1668 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1669 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1670 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1671 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1672 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1673 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1674 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1675 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1676 else 1677 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1678 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1679 return true; 1680 } 1681 else 1682 NewQType = ResQT; 1683 } 1684 1685 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1686 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1687 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1688 // Preserve triviality. 1689 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1690 1691 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1692 1693 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1694 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1695 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1696 // is a static member function declaration. 1697 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1699 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1700 return true; 1701 } 1702 1703 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1704 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1705 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1706 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1707 unsigned NewDiag; 1708 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1709 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1710 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1711 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1712 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1713 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1714 else 1715 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1716 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1718 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1719 1720 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1721 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1722 // 1723 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1724 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1725 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1726 if (isFriend) { 1727 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1728 } else { 1729 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1730 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1731 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1732 return true; 1733 } 1734 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1735 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1736 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1737 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1738 return true; 1739 } 1740 } 1741 1742 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1743 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1744 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1745 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1746 1747 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1748 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1749 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1750 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1751 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1752 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1753 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1754 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1755 } 1756 1757 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1758 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1759 1760 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1761 } 1762 1763 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1764 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1765 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1766 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1767 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1768 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1769 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1770 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1771 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1772 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1773 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1774 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1775 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1776 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1777 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1778 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1779 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1780 New->setType(NewQType); 1781 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1782 1783 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1784 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1785 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1786 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1787 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1788 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1789 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1790 SourceLocation(), 1791 SourceLocation(), 0, 1792 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1793 SC_None, SC_None, 1794 0); 1795 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1796 Param->setImplicit(); 1797 Params.push_back(Param); 1798 } 1799 1800 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1801 } 1802 1803 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1804 } 1805 1806 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1807 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1808 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1809 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1810 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1811 // the prototype. 1812 // 1813 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1814 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1815 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1816 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1817 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1818 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1819 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1820 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1821 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1822 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1823 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1824 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1825 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1826 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1827 1828 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1829 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1830 NewProto->getResultType()); 1831 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1832 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1833 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1834 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1835 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1836 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1837 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1838 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1839 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1840 NewParm->getType(), 1841 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1842 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1843 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1844 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1845 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1846 } else 1847 LooseCompatible = false; 1848 } 1849 1850 if (LooseCompatible) { 1851 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1852 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1853 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1854 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1855 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1856 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1858 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1859 } 1860 1861 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1862 ArgTypes.size(), 1863 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1864 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1865 } 1866 1867 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1868 } 1869 1870 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1871 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1872 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1873 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1874 // signature. 1875 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1876 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1877 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1878 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1879 // library built-in. 1880 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1881 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1882 << Old << Old->getType(); 1883 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1884 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1885 return false; 1886 } 1887 1888 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1889 } 1890 1891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1892 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1893 return true; 1894} 1895 1896/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1897/// known to be compatible. 1898/// 1899/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1900/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1901/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1902/// redeclaration of Old. 1903/// 1904/// \returns false 1905bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1906 // Merge the attributes 1907 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1908 1909 // Merge the storage class. 1910 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1911 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1912 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1913 1914 // Merge "pure" flag. 1915 if (Old->isPure()) 1916 New->setPure(); 1917 1918 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1919 // declarations. 1920 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1921 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1922 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1923 Context); 1924 1925 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1926 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1927 1928 return false; 1929} 1930 1931 1932void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1933 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1934 // Merge the attributes. 1935 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1936 1937 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1938 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1939 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1940 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1941 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1942 1943 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 1944} 1945 1946/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1947/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1948/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1949/// 1950/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1951/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1952/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1953/// 1954void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1955 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1956 return; 1957 1958 QualType MergedT; 1959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1960 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1961 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1962 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1963 return; 1964 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1965 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1966 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1967 } 1968 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1969 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1970 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1971 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1972 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1973 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1974 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1975 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1976 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1977 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1978 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1979 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1980 MergedT = New->getType(); 1981 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1982 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1983 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1984 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1985 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1986 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1987 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1988 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1989 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1990 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1991 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1992 Old->getType()); 1993 } 1994 } else { 1995 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1996 } 1997 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1999 << New->getDeclName(); 2000 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2001 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2002 } 2003 New->setType(MergedT); 2004} 2005 2006/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2007/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2008/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2009/// 2010/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2011/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2012/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2013/// 2014void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2015 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2016 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2017 return; 2018 2019 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2020 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2021 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2022 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2024 << New->getDeclName(); 2025 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2026 diag::note_previous_definition); 2027 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2028 } 2029 2030 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2031 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2032 // 2033 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2034 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2035 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2036 << New->getIdentifier(); 2037 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2038 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2039 } 2040 2041 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2042 2043 // Merge the types. 2044 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2045 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2046 return; 2047 2048 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2049 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2050 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2051 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2052 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2053 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2054 } 2055 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2056 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2057 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2058 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2059 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2060 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2061 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2062 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2063 // identifier has external linkage. 2064 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2065 /* Okay */; 2066 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2067 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2068 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2069 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2070 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2071 } 2072 2073 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2074 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2075 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2076 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2077 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2078 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2079 } 2080 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2081 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2083 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2084 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2085 } 2086 2087 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2088 2089 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2090 // need to check for mismatches. 2091 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2092 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2093 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2094 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2096 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2097 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2098 } 2099 2100 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2102 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2103 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2106 } 2107 2108 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2109 const VarDecl *Def; 2110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2111 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2112 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2113 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2114 << New->getDeclName(); 2115 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2116 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2117 return; 2118 } 2119 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2120 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2121 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2122 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2123 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2124 // specified at the prior declaration. 2125 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2126 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2127 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2128 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2129 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2130 2131 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2132 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2133 2134 // Inherit access appropriately. 2135 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2136} 2137 2138/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2139/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2140Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2141 DeclSpec &DS) { 2142 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2143 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2144} 2145 2146/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2147/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2148/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2149Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2150 DeclSpec &DS, 2151 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2152 Decl *TagD = 0; 2153 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2154 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2155 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2156 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2157 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2158 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2159 2160 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2161 return 0; 2162 2163 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2164 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2165 // it's a Type. 2166 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2167 } 2168 2169 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2170 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2171 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2172 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2173 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2174 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2175 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2176 } 2177 2178 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2179 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2180 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2181 if (TagD && !Tag) 2182 return 0; 2183 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2184 } 2185 2186 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2187 // declarators. 2188 bool emittedWarning = false; 2189 2190 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2191 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2192 2193 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2194 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2195 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2196 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2197 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2198 2199 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2200 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2201 emittedWarning = true; 2202 } 2203 } 2204 2205 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2206 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2207 CurContext->isRecord() && 2208 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2209 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2210 // struct STRUCT; 2211 // and 2212 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2213 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2214 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2215 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2216 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2217 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2218 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2219 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2220 } 2221 } 2222 2223 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2224 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2225 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2226 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2227 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2228 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2229 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2230 emittedWarning = true; 2231 } 2232 2233 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2234 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2235 2236 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2237 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2238 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2239 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2240 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2241 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2242 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2243 return Tag; 2244 } 2245 2246 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2247 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2248 emittedWarning = true; 2249 } 2250 2251 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2252 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2253 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2254 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2255 return TagD; 2256 2257 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2258 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2259 // useless. 2260 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2261 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2262 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2263 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2264 2265 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2266 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2267 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2268 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2269 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2270 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2271 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2272 // Restrict is covered above. 2273 } 2274 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2275 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2276 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2277 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2278 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2279 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2280 2281 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2282 2283 return TagD; 2284} 2285 2286/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2287/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2288StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2289 StmtResult R; 2290 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2291 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2292 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2293 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2294 do 2295 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2296 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2297 } 2298 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2299 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2300 } 2301 } 2302 return R; 2303} 2304 2305/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2306/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2307/// 2308/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2309static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2310 Scope *S, 2311 DeclContext *Owner, 2312 DeclarationName Name, 2313 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2314 unsigned diagnostic) { 2315 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2316 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2317 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2318 2319 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2320 return false; 2321 2322 // Pick a representative declaration. 2323 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2324 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2325 2326 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2327 return false; 2328 2329 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2330 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2331 2332 return true; 2333} 2334 2335/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2336/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2337/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2338/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2339/// struct, e.g., 2340/// 2341/// @code 2342/// union { 2343/// int i; 2344/// float f; 2345/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2346/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2347/// @endcode 2348/// 2349/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2350/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2351static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2352 DeclContext *Owner, 2353 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2354 AccessSpecifier AS, 2355 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2356 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2357 unsigned diagKind 2358 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2359 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2360 2361 bool Invalid = false; 2362 2363 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2364 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2365 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2366 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2367 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2368 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2369 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2370 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2371 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2372 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2373 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2374 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2375 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2376 Invalid = true; 2377 } else { 2378 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2379 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2380 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2381 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2382 // anonymous union is declared. 2383 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2384 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2385 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2386 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2387 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2388 else 2389 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2390 2391 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2392 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2393 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2394 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2395 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2396 2397 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2398 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2399 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2400 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2401 2402 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2403 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2404 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2405 2406 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2407 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2408 2409 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2410 } 2411 } 2412 } 2413 2414 return Invalid; 2415} 2416 2417/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2418/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2419/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2420static StorageClass 2421StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2422 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2423 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2424 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2425 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2426 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2427 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2428 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2429 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2430 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2431 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2432 } 2433 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2434} 2435 2436/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2437/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2438/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2439static StorageClass 2440StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2441 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2442 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2443 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2444 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2445 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2446 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2447 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2448 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2449 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2450 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2451 } 2452 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2453} 2454 2455/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2456/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2457/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2458/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2459Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2460 AccessSpecifier AS, 2461 RecordDecl *Record) { 2462 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2463 2464 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2465 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2466 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2467 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2468 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2469 2470 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2471 // structs/unions. 2472 bool Invalid = false; 2473 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2474 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2475 unsigned DiagID; 2476 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2477 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2478 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2479 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2480 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2481 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2482 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2483 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2484 Invalid = true; 2485 2486 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2487 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2488 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2489 } 2490 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2491 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2492 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2493 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2494 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2495 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2496 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2497 Invalid = true; 2498 2499 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2500 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2501 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2502 } 2503 2504 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2505 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2506 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2507 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2508 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2510 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2511 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2512 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2513 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2514 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2515 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2516 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2517 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2518 2519 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2520 } 2521 2522 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2523 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2524 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2525 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2526 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2527 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2528 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2529 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2530 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2531 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2532 // members (clause 11). 2533 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2534 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2535 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2536 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2537 Invalid = true; 2538 } 2539 2540 // C++ [class.union]p1 2541 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2542 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2543 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2544 // array of such objects. 2545 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2546 Invalid = true; 2547 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2548 // Any implicit members are fine. 2549 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2550 // This is a type that showed up in an 2551 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2552 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2553 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2554 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2555 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2556 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2557 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2558 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2559 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2560 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2561 else { 2562 // This is a nested type declaration. 2563 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2564 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2565 Invalid = true; 2566 } 2567 } 2568 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2569 // Any access specifier is fine. 2570 } else { 2571 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2572 // member. Complain about it. 2573 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2574 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2575 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2576 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2577 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2578 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2579 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2580 2581 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2582 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2583 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2584 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2585 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2586 else { 2587 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2588 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2589 Invalid = true; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 } 2593 } 2594 2595 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2596 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2597 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2598 Invalid = true; 2599 } 2600 2601 // Mock up a declarator. 2602 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2603 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2604 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2605 2606 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2607 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2608 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2609 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2610 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2611 Record->getLocation(), 2612 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2613 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2614 TInfo, 2615 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2616 /*HasInit=*/false); 2617 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2618 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2619 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2620 } else { 2621 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2622 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2623 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2624 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2625 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2626 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2627 // an error here 2628 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2629 Invalid = true; 2630 SC = SC_None; 2631 } 2632 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2633 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2634 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2635 2636 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2637 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2638 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2639 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2640 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2641 } 2642 Anon->setImplicit(); 2643 2644 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2645 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2646 // its members. 2647 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2648 2649 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2650 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2651 // purposes. 2652 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2653 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2654 2655 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2656 Chain, false)) 2657 Invalid = true; 2658 2659 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2660 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2661 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2662 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2663 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2664 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2665 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2666 2667 if (Invalid) 2668 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2669 2670 return Anon; 2671} 2672 2673/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2674/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2675/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2676/// Example: 2677/// 2678/// struct A { int a; }; 2679/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2680/// 2681/// void foo() { 2682/// B var; 2683/// var.a = 3; 2684/// } 2685/// 2686Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2687 RecordDecl *Record) { 2688 2689 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2690 if (!Record) 2691 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2692 2693 // Mock up a declarator. 2694 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2695 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2696 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2697 2698 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2699 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2700 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2701 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2702 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2703 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2704 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2705 TInfo, 2706 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2707 /*HasInit=*/false); 2708 Anon->setImplicit(); 2709 2710 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2711 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2712 2713 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2714 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2715 // purposes. 2716 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2717 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2718 2719 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2720 Record->getDefinition(), 2721 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2722 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2723 2724 return Anon; 2725} 2726 2727/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2728/// given Declarator. 2729DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2730 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2731} 2732 2733/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2734DeclarationNameInfo 2735Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2737 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2738 2739 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2740 2741 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2742 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2743 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2744 return NameInfo; 2745 2746 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2747 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2748 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2749 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2750 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2751 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2752 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2753 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2754 return NameInfo; 2755 2756 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2757 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2758 Name.Identifier)); 2759 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2760 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2761 return NameInfo; 2762 2763 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2764 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2765 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2766 if (Ty.isNull()) 2767 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2768 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2769 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2770 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2771 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2772 return NameInfo; 2773 } 2774 2775 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2776 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2777 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2778 if (Ty.isNull()) 2779 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2780 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2781 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2782 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2783 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2784 return NameInfo; 2785 } 2786 2787 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2788 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2789 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2790 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2791 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2792 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2793 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2794 2795 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2796 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2797 2798 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2799 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2800 // was qualified. 2801 2802 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2803 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2804 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2805 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2806 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2807 return NameInfo; 2808 } 2809 2810 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2811 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2812 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2813 if (Ty.isNull()) 2814 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2815 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2816 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2817 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2818 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2819 return NameInfo; 2820 } 2821 2822 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2823 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2824 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2825 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2826 } 2827 2828 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2829 2830 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2831 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2832} 2833 2834/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2835/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2836/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2837/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2838/// the class or namespace. 2839static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2840 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2841 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2842 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2843 return false; 2844 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2845 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2846 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2847 2848 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2849 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2850 return false; 2851 } 2852 2853 return true; 2854} 2855 2856/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2857/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2858/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2859/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2860/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2861static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2862 DeclarationName Name) { 2863 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2864 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2865 // - types which will become injected class names 2866 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2867 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2868 // few cases here. 2869 2870 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2871 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2872 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2873 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2874 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 2875 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 2876 // Grab the type from the parser. 2877 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2878 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2879 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2880 2881 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2882 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2883 // attached already. 2884 if (!TSI) 2885 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2886 2887 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2888 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2889 if (!TSI) return true; 2890 2891 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2892 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2893 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2894 break; 2895 } 2896 2897 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2898 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2899 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2900 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2901 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2902 break; 2903 } 2904 2905 default: 2906 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2907 break; 2908 } 2909 2910 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2911 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2912 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2913 2914 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2915 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2916 // pointer. 2917 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2918 continue; 2919 2920 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2921 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2922 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2923 return true; 2924 } 2925 2926 return false; 2927} 2928 2929Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2930 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2931 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 2932 IsFunctionDefinition); 2933} 2934 2935/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2936/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2937/// name different from T: 2938/// - every static data member of class T; 2939/// - every member function of class T 2940/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2941/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2942bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2943 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2944 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2945 2946 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2947 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2948 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2949 return true; 2950 } 2951 2952 return false; 2953} 2954 2955Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2956 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2957 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2958 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2959 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2960 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2961 2962 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2963 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2964 if (!Name) { 2965 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2966 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2967 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2968 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2969 return 0; 2970 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2971 return 0; 2972 2973 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2974 // we find one that is. 2975 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2976 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2977 S = S->getParent(); 2978 2979 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2980 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2981 D.setInvalidType(); 2982 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2983 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2984 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2985 return 0; 2986 2987 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2988 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2989 if (!DC) { 2990 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2991 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2992 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2993 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2994 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2995 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2996 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2997 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2998 return 0; 2999 } 3000 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3001 3002 if (!IsDependentContext && 3003 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3004 return 0; 3005 3006 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3007 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3008 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3009 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3010 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3011 D.setInvalidType(); 3012 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3013 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3014 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3015 // definition: 3016 // 3017 // class X { 3018 // void X::f(); 3019 // }; 3020 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3021 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3022 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3023 else 3024 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3025 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3026 3027 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3028 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3029 } 3030 } 3031 3032 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3033 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3034 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3035 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3036 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3037 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3038 D.setInvalidType(); 3039 } 3040 } 3041 3042 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3043 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3044 // Just return early; it's safer. 3045 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3046 return 0; 3047 3048 NamedDecl *New; 3049 3050 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3051 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3052 3053 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3054 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3055 D.setInvalidType(); 3056 3057 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3058 ForRedeclaration); 3059 3060 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3061 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3062 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3063 3064 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3065 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3066 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3067 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3068 /* Do nothing*/; 3069 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3070 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3071 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3072 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3073 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3074 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3075 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3076 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3077 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3078 3079 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3080 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3081 3082 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3083 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3084 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3085 3086 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3087 // out-of-line members. 3088 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3089 3090 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3091 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3092 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3093 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3094 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3095 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3096 // declarations namespace. 3097 // 3098 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3099 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3100 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3101 // 3102 // class X { 3103 // void f(); 3104 // void f(float); 3105 // }; 3106 // 3107 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3108 // 3109 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3110 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3111 // matches. 3112 3113 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3114 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3115 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3116 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3117 } else { 3118 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3119 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3120 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3121 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3122 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3123 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3124 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3125 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3126 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3127 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3128 else 3129 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3130 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3131 D.setInvalidType(); 3132 } 3133 } 3134 } 3135 3136 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3137 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3138 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3139 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3140 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3141 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3142 D.setInvalidType(); 3143 3144 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3145 Previous.clear(); 3146 } 3147 3148 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3149 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3150 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3151 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3152 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3153 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3154 Previous.clear(); 3155 3156 bool Redeclaration = false; 3157 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3158 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3159 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3160 return 0; 3161 } 3162 3163 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3164 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3165 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3166 move(TemplateParamLists), 3167 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3168 } else { 3169 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3170 move(TemplateParamLists), 3171 Redeclaration); 3172 } 3173 3174 if (New == 0) 3175 return 0; 3176 3177 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3178 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3179 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3180 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3181 3182 return New; 3183} 3184 3185/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3186/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3187/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3188static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3189 ASTContext &Context, 3190 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3191 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3192 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3193 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3194 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3195 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3196 SizeIsNegative = false; 3197 Oversized = 0; 3198 3199 if (T->isDependentType()) 3200 return QualType(); 3201 3202 QualifierCollector Qs; 3203 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3204 3205 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3206 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3207 QualType FixedType = 3208 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3209 Oversized); 3210 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3211 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3212 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3213 } 3214 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3215 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3216 QualType FixedType = 3217 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3218 Oversized); 3219 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3220 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3221 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3222 } 3223 3224 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3225 if (!VLATy) 3226 return QualType(); 3227 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3228 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3229 return QualType(); 3230 3231 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3232 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3233 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3234 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3235 return QualType(); 3236 3237 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3238 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3239 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3240 SizeIsNegative = true; 3241 return QualType(); 3242 } 3243 3244 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3245 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3246 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3247 Res); 3248 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3249 Oversized = Res; 3250 return QualType(); 3251 } 3252 3253 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3254 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3255} 3256 3257/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3258/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3259void 3260Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3261 const LookupResult &Previous, 3262 Scope *S) { 3263 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3264 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3265 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3266 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3267 3268 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3269 return; 3270 3271 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3272 3273 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3274 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3275 // declaration. 3276 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3277 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3278 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3279 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3280 S = S->getParent(); 3281 3282 if (S) 3283 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3284 } 3285} 3286 3287/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3288/// does not identify a function. 3289void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3290 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3291 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3292 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3294 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3295 3296 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3297 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3298 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3299 3300 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3301 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3302 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3303} 3304 3305NamedDecl* 3306Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3307 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3308 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3309 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3310 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3311 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3312 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3313 D.setInvalidType(); 3314 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3315 DC = CurContext; 3316 Previous.clear(); 3317 } 3318 3319 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3320 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3321 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3322 } 3323 3324 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3325 3326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3328 3329 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3330 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3331 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3332 return 0; 3333 } 3334 3335 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3336 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3337 3338 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3339 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3340 3341 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3342 3343 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3344} 3345 3346void 3347Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3348 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3349 // then it shall have block scope. 3350 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3351 // that redeclarations will match. 3352 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3353 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3354 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3355 3356 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3357 bool SizeIsNegative; 3358 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3359 QualType FixedTy = 3360 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3361 Oversized); 3362 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3363 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3364 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3365 } else { 3366 if (SizeIsNegative) 3367 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3368 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3369 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3370 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3371 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3372 else 3373 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3374 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3375 } 3376 } 3377 } 3378} 3379 3380 3381/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3382/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3383/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3384NamedDecl* 3385Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3386 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3387 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3388 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3389 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3390 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3391 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3392 Redeclaration = true; 3393 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3394 } 3395 3396 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3397 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3398 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3399 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3400 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3401 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3402 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3403 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3404 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3405 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3406 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3407 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3408 } 3409 3410 return NewTD; 3411} 3412 3413/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3414/// previous declaration. 3415/// 3416/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3417/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3418/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3419/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3420/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3421/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3422/// 3423/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3424/// lookup 3425/// 3426/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3427/// declared. 3428/// 3429/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3430/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3431static bool 3432isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3433 ASTContext &Context) { 3434 if (!PrevDecl) 3435 return false; 3436 3437 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3438 return false; 3439 3440 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3441 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3442 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3443 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3444 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3445 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3446 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3447 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3448 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3449 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3450 return false; 3451 3452 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3453 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3454 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3455 return false; 3456 3457 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3458 // previous declarations. 3459 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3460 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3461 3462 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3463 // isn't the same function. 3464 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3465 return false; 3466 } 3467 3468 return true; 3469} 3470 3471static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3472 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3473 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3474 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3475} 3476 3477bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3478 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3479 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3480 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3481 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3482 unsigned kind = -1U; 3483 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3484 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3485 kind = 0; // __block 3486 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3487 kind = 1; // global 3488 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3489 kind = 3; // ivar 3490 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3491 kind = 2; // field 3492 } 3493 3494 if (kind != -1U) { 3495 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3496 << kind; 3497 } 3498 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3499 // Try to infer lifetime. 3500 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3501 return false; 3502 3503 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3504 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3505 decl->setType(type); 3506 } 3507 3508 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3509 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3510 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3511 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3512 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_lifetime) 3513 << var->getType(); 3514 return true; 3515 } 3516 } 3517 3518 return false; 3519} 3520 3521NamedDecl* 3522Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3523 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3524 LookupResult &Previous, 3525 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3526 bool &Redeclaration) { 3527 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3528 3529 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3530 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3531 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3532 3533 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3534 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3535 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3536 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3537 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3538 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3539 // an error here 3540 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3541 D.setInvalidType(); 3542 SC = SC_None; 3543 } 3544 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3545 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3546 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3547 3548 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3549 if (!II) { 3550 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3551 << Name.getAsString(); 3552 return 0; 3553 } 3554 3555 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3556 3557 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3558 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3559 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3560 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3561 3562 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3563 // is a GNU extension. 3564 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3565 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3566 else 3567 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3568 D.setInvalidType(); 3569 } 3570 } 3571 3572 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3573 VarDecl *NewVD; 3574 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3575 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3576 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3577 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3578 3579 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3580 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3581 } else { 3582 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3583 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3584 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3585 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3586 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3587 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3588 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3589 SC = SC_Static; 3590 } 3591 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3592 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3593 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3594 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3595 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3596 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3597 3598 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3599 // the program is ill-formed. 3600 // 3601 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3602 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3603 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3604 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3605 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3610 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3611 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3612 bool Invalid = false; 3613 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3614 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3615 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3616 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3617 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3618 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3619 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3620 /*never a friend*/ false, 3621 isExplicitSpecialization, 3622 Invalid)) { 3623 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3624 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3625 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3626 << II 3627 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3628 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3629 return 0; 3630 } else { 3631 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3632 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3633 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3634 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3635 << II 3636 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3637 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3638 } 3639 } 3640 3641 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3642 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3643 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3644 3645 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3646 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3647 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3648 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3649 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3650 3651 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3652 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3653 3654 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3655 3656 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3657 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3658 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3659 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3660 } 3661 } 3662 3663 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3664 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3665 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3666 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3667 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3668 else 3669 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3670 } 3671 3672 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3673 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3674 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3675 3676 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3677 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3678 3679 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3680 // retainable type. 3681 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3682 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3683 3684 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3685 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3686 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3687 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3688 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3689 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3690 switch (SC) { 3691 case SC_None: 3692 case SC_Auto: 3693 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3694 break; 3695 case SC_Register: 3696 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3697 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3698 break; 3699 case SC_Static: 3700 case SC_Extern: 3701 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3702 break; 3703 } 3704 } 3705 3706 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3707 Context, Label)); 3708 } 3709 3710 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3711 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3712 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3713 3714 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3715 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3716 // declaration has linkage). 3717 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3718 isExplicitSpecialization); 3719 3720 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3721 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3722 else { 3723 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3724 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3725 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3726 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3727 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3728 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3729 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3730 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3731 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3732 Previous.clear(); 3733 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3734 } 3735 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3736 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3738 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3739 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3740 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3741 } 3742 3743 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3744 3745 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3746 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3747 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3748 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3749 } 3750 3751 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3752 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3753 // here. 3754 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3755 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3756 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3757 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3758 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3759 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3760 } 3761 } 3762 3763 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3764 // such variables. 3765 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3766 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3767 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3768 3769 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3770 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3771 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3772 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3773 3774 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3775 3776 return NewVD; 3777} 3778 3779/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3780/// -Wshadow. 3781/// 3782/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3783/// scope. 3784/// 3785/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3786/// \param R the lookup of the name 3787/// 3788void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3789 // Return if warning is ignored. 3790 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3791 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3792 return; 3793 3794 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3795 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3796 return; 3797 3798 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3799 3800 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3801 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3802 return; 3803 3804 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3805 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3806 return; 3807 3808 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3809 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3810 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3811 if (MD->isStatic()) 3812 return; 3813 3814 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3815 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3816 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3817 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3818 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3819 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3820 I != E; ++I) 3821 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3822 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3823 break; 3824 } 3825 } 3826 3827 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3828 3829 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3830 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3831 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3832 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3833 return; 3834 3835 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3836 // static data members from base classes? 3837 3838 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3839 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3840 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3841 } 3842 3843 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3844 unsigned Kind; 3845 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3846 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3847 Kind = 3; // field 3848 else 3849 Kind = 2; // static data member 3850 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3851 Kind = 1; // global 3852 else 3853 Kind = 0; // local 3854 3855 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3856 3857 // Emit warning and note. 3858 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3859 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3860} 3861 3862/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3863void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3864 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3865 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3866 return; 3867 3868 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3869 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3870 LookupName(R, S); 3871 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3872} 3873 3874/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3875/// declaration. 3876/// 3877/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3878/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3879/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3880/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3881/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3882/// 3883/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3884void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3885 LookupResult &Previous, 3886 bool &Redeclaration) { 3887 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3888 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3889 return; 3890 3891 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3892 3893 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3894 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3895 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3896 } 3897 3898 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3899 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3900 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3901 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3902 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3903 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3904 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3905 } 3906 3907 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3908 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3909 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) 3910 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 3911 else 3912 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3913 } 3914 3915 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3916 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3917 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3918 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3919 3920 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3921 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3922 bool SizeIsNegative; 3923 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3924 QualType FixedTy = 3925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3926 Oversized); 3927 3928 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3929 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3930 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3931 // int a[10][n]; 3932 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3933 3934 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3935 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3936 << SizeRange; 3937 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3938 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3939 << SizeRange; 3940 else 3941 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3942 << SizeRange; 3943 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3944 } 3945 3946 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3947 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3948 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3949 else 3950 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3951 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3952 } 3953 3954 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3955 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3956 } 3957 3958 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3959 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3960 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3961 // declaration with the same name. 3962 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3963 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3964 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3965 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3966 } 3967 3968 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3969 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3970 << T; 3971 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3972 } 3973 3974 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3975 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3976 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3977 } 3978 3979 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3980 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3981 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3982 } 3983 3984 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3985 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3986 QualType Pointee; 3987 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3988 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3989 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3990 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3991 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3992 PtrOrRef = 1; 3993 } 3994 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3995 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3996 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3997 << PtrOrRef; 3998 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3999 } 4000 4001 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4002 Redeclaration = true; 4003 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4004 } 4005} 4006 4007/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4008struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4009 Sema *S; 4010 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4011}; 4012 4013/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4014/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4015/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4016static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4017 CXXBasePath &Path, 4018 void *UserData) { 4019 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4020 4021 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4022 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4023 4024 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4025 4026 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4027 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4028 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4029 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4030 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4031 4032 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4033 } 4034 4035 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4036 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4037 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4038 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4039 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4040 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4041 return true; 4042 } 4043 } 4044 4045 return false; 4046} 4047 4048/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4049/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4050bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4051 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4052 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4053 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4054 Data.Method = MD; 4055 Data.S = this; 4056 bool AddedAny = false; 4057 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4058 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4059 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4060 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4061 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4062 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4063 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4064 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4065 AddedAny = true; 4066 } 4067 } 4068 } 4069 } 4070 4071 return AddedAny; 4072} 4073 4074static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4075 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4076 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4077 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4078 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4079 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4080 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4081 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4082 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4083 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4084 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4085 } 4086} 4087 4088NamedDecl* 4089Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4090 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4091 LookupResult &Previous, 4092 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4093 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 4094 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4095 4096 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4097 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4098 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4099 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4100 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4101 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4102 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4103 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4104 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4105 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4106 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4107 D.setInvalidType(); 4108 break; 4109 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4110 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4111 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4112 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4113 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4114 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4115 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4116 // other than extern 4117 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4118 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4119 diag::err_static_block_func); 4120 SC = SC_None; 4121 } else 4122 SC = SC_Static; 4123 break; 4124 } 4125 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4126 } 4127 4128 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4129 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4130 4131 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4132 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4133 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4134 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4135 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4136 D.setInvalidType(); 4137 } 4138 4139 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4140 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4141 bool isFriend = false; 4142 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4143 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4144 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4145 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4146 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4147 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4148 4149 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4150 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4151 // prototype. This true when: 4152 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4153 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4154 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4155 bool HasPrototype = 4156 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4157 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4158 4159 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4160 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4161 HasPrototype); 4162 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4163 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4164 4165 // Set the lexical context. 4166 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4167 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4168 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4169 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4170 } else { 4171 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4172 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4173 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4174 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4175 4176 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4177 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4178 // the class has been completely parsed. 4179 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4180 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4181 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4182 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4183 AbstractReturnType)) 4184 D.setInvalidType(); 4185 4186 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4187 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4188 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4189 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4190 4191 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4192 4193 // Create the new declaration 4194 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4195 Context, 4196 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4197 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4198 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4199 isExplicit, isInline, 4200 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4201 4202 NewFD = NewCD; 4203 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4204 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4205 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4206 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4207 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4208 4209 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4210 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4211 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4212 isInline, 4213 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4214 NewFD = NewDD; 4215 isVirtualOkay = true; 4216 4217 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4218 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4219 // it yet. 4220 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4221 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4222 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4223 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4224 } 4225 4226 } else { 4227 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4228 4229 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4230 // code path. 4231 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4232 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4233 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4234 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4235 D.setInvalidType(); 4236 } 4237 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4238 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4239 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4240 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4241 return 0; 4242 } 4243 4244 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4245 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4246 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4247 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4248 isInline, isExplicit, 4249 SourceLocation()); 4250 4251 isVirtualOkay = true; 4252 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4253 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4254 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4255 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4256 // constructor if it has no return type). 4257 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4258 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4259 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4260 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4261 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4262 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4263 return 0; 4264 } 4265 4266 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4267 4268 // [class.free]p1: 4269 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4270 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4271 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4272 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4273 isStatic = true; 4274 4275 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4276 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4277 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4278 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4279 isStatic = true; 4280 4281 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4282 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4283 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4284 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4285 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4286 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4287 SourceLocation()); 4288 NewFD = NewMD; 4289 4290 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4291 } else { 4292 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4293 // prototype. This true when: 4294 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4295 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4296 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4297 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4298 } 4299 4300 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4301 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4302 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4303 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4304 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4305 } 4306 4307 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4308 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4309 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4310 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4311 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4312 4313 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4314 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4315 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4316 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4317 4318 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4319 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4320 bool Invalid = false; 4321 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4322 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4323 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4324 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4325 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4326 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4327 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4328 isFriend, 4329 isExplicitSpecialization, 4330 Invalid)) { 4331 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4332 // This is a function template 4333 4334 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4335 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4336 return 0; 4337 4338 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4339 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4340 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4341 return 0; 4342 } 4343 4344 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4345 NewFD->getLocation(), 4346 Name, TemplateParams, 4347 NewFD); 4348 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4349 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4350 4351 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4352 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4353 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4354 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4355 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4356 } 4357 } else { 4358 // This is a function template specialization. 4359 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4360 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4361 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4362 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4363 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4364 4365 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4366 if (isFriend) { 4367 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4368 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4369 4370 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4371 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4372 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4373 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4374 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4375 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4376 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4377 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4378 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4379 } 4380 4381 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4382 << Name << RemoveRange 4383 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4384 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4385 } 4386 } 4387 } 4388 else { 4389 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4390 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4391 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4392 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4393 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4394 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4395 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4396 } 4397 4398 if (Invalid) { 4399 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4400 if (FunctionTemplate) 4401 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4402 } 4403 4404 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4405 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4406 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4407 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4408 // 4409 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4410 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4411 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4412 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4413 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4414 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4415 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4416 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4418 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4419 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4420 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4422 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4424 } else { 4425 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4426 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4427 } 4428 } 4429 4430 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4431 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4432 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4433 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4434 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4435 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4436 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4438 } 4439 } 4440 4441 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4442 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4443 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4444 // and 12.3.2. 4445 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4446 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4447 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4448 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4449 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4450 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4451 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4452 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4453 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4454 // or conversion function. 4455 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4456 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4457 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4458 } 4459 } 4460 4461 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4462 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4463 isExplicitSpecialization || 4464 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4465 4466 if (isFriend) { 4467 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4468 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4469 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4470 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4471 } 4472 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4473 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4474 } 4475 4476 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4477 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4478 // definition. 4479 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4480 } 4481 4482 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4483 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4484 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4485 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4486 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4487 // the class. 4488 4489 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4490 // member function definition. 4491 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4492 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4493 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4494 } 4495 } 4496 4497 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4498 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4499 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4500 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4501 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4502 SE->getString())); 4503 } 4504 4505 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4506 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4507 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4508 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4509 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4510 4511 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4512 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4513 // single void argument. 4514 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4515 // already checks for that case. 4516 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4517 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4518 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4519 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4520 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4521 4522 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4523 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4524 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4525 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4526 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4527 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4528 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4529 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4530 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4531 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4532 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4533 << IsTypeAlias; 4534 } 4535 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4536 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4537 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4538 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4539 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4540 Params.push_back(Param); 4541 4542 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4543 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4544 } 4545 } 4546 4547 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4548 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4549 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4550 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4551 // 4552 // @code 4553 // typedef void fn(int); 4554 // fn f; 4555 // @endcode 4556 4557 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4558 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4559 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4560 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4561 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4562 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4563 Params.push_back(Param); 4564 } 4565 } else { 4566 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4567 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4568 } 4569 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4570 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4571 4572 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4573 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4574 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4575 4576 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4577 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4578 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4579 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4580 Redeclaration); 4581 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4582 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4583 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4584 } else { 4585 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4586 // argument list into our AST format. 4587 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4588 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4589 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4590 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4591 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4592 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4593 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4594 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4595 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4596 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4597 TemplateArgs); 4598 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4599 4600 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4601 4602 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4603 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4604 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4605 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4606 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4607 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4608 4609 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4610 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4611 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4612 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4613 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4614 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4615 // too few of them). 4616 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4617 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4618 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4619 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4620 "template<> "); 4621 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4622 } else { 4623 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4624 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4625 } 4626 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4627 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4628 // wrote something like: 4629 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4630 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4631 // friend void foo<>(int); 4632 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4633 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4634 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4635 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4636 } 4637 4638 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4639 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4640 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4641 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4642 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4643 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4644 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4645 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4646 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4647 Previous)) 4648 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4649 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4650 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4651 && !isFriend) { 4652 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4653 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4654 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4655 return 0; 4656 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4657 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4658 Previous)) 4659 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4660 4661 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4662 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4663 // specialization (14.7.3) 4664 if (SC != SC_None) { 4665 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4666 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4667 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4668 << SC 4669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4670 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4671 4672 else 4673 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4674 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4676 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4677 } 4678 4679 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4680 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4681 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4682 } 4683 4684 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4685 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4686 Redeclaration); 4687 4688 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4689 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4690 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4691 4692 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4693 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4694 : NewFD); 4695 4696 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4697 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4698 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4699 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4700 4701 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4702 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4703 4704 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4705 } 4706 4707 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4708 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4709 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4710 4711 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4712 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4713 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4714 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4715 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4716 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4717 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4718 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4719 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4720 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4721 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4722 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4723 DC->isDependentContext()) 4724 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4725 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4726 } 4727 4728 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4729 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4730 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4731 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4732 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4733 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4734 4735 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4736 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4737 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4738 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4739 4740 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4741 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4742 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4743 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4744 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4745 // can actually do this check immediately. 4746 if (isFriend && 4747 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4748 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4749 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4750 // ignore these 4751 } else { 4752 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4753 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4754 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4755 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4756 // 4757 // class X { 4758 // void f() const; 4759 // }; 4760 // 4761 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4762 // 4763 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4764 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4765 // whether the parameter types are references). 4766 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4767 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4768 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4769 4770 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4771 } 4772 4773 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4774 // to something. 4775 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4776 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4777 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4778 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4779 } 4780 4781 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4782 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4783 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4784 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4785 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4786 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4787 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4788 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4789 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4790 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4791 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4792 } 4793 } 4794 4795 4796 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4797 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4798 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4799 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4800 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4801 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4802 4803 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4804 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4805 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4806 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4807 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4808 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4809 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4810 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4811 } 4812 } 4813 4814 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4815 4816 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4817 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4818 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4819 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4820 << NewFD; 4821 4822 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4823 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4824 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4825 EPI.Variadic = true; 4826 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4827 4828 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4829 NewFD->setType(R); 4830 } 4831 4832 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4833 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4834 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4835 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4836 4837 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4838 // map of such names. 4839 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4840 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4841 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4842 4843 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4844 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4845 4846 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4847 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4848 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4849 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4850 return FunctionTemplate; 4851 } 4852 } 4853 4854 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4855 4856 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4857 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4858 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4859 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4860 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4861 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4862 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4863 4864 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4865 } 4866 } 4867 4868 return NewFD; 4869} 4870 4871/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4872/// 4873/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4874/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4875/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4876/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4877/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4878/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4879/// via InstantiateDecl). 4880/// 4881/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4882/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4883/// 4884/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4885void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4886 LookupResult &Previous, 4887 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4888 bool &Redeclaration) { 4889 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4890 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4891 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4892 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4893 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4894 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4895 4896 return; 4897 } 4898 4899 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4900 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4901 // because all functions have linkage. 4902 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4903 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4904 } 4905 4906 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4907 CheckMain(NewFD); 4908 4909 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4910 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4911 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4912 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4913 // declaration with the same name. 4914 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4915 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4916 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4917 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4918 } 4919 4920 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4921 // the same name, if appropriate. 4922 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4923 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4924 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4925 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4926 // function to the scope. 4927 4928 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4929 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4930 Redeclaration = true; 4931 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4932 } else { 4933 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4934 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4935 case Ovl_Match: 4936 Redeclaration = true; 4937 break; 4938 4939 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4940 Redeclaration = true; 4941 break; 4942 4943 case Ovl_Overload: 4944 Redeclaration = false; 4945 break; 4946 } 4947 4948 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4949 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4950 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4951 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4952 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4953 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4954 if (Redeclaration) 4955 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4956 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4957 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4958 if (OverloadedDecl) 4959 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4960 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4961 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4962 Context)); 4963 } 4964 } 4965 4966 if (Redeclaration) { 4967 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4968 // merged. 4969 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4970 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4971 4972 Previous.clear(); 4973 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4974 4975 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4976 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4977 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4978 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4979 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4980 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4981 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4982 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4983 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4984 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4985 } 4986 4987 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4988 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4989 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4990 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4991 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4992 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4993 } 4994 } else { 4995 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4996 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4997 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4998 } 4999 } 5000 } 5001 5002 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5003 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5004 // C++-specific checks. 5005 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5006 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5007 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5008 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5009 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5010 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5011 5012 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5013 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5014 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5015 DeclarationName Name 5016 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5017 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5018 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5019 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5020 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5021 } 5022 } 5023 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5024 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5025 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5026 } 5027 5028 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5029 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5030 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5031 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5032 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5033 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5034 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5035 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5036 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5037 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5038 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5039 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5040 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5041 ++Overridden) { 5042 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5043 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5044 } 5045 } 5046 } 5047 } 5048 } 5049 5050 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5051 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5052 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5053 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5054 5055 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5056 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5057 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5058 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5059 5060 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5061 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5062 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5063 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5064 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5065 5066 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5067 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5068 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5069 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5070 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5071 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5072 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5073 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5074 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5075 } 5076 } 5077 } 5078} 5079 5080void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5081 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5082 // or static is ill-formed. 5083 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5084 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5085 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5086 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5087 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5088 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5089 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5090 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5091 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5092 5093 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5094 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5095 } 5096 5097 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5098 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5099 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5100 5101 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5102 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5103 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5104 } 5105 5106 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5107 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5108 5109 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5110 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5111 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5112 5113 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5114 5115 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5116 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5117 // getting shifty. 5118 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5119 HasExtraParameters = false; 5120 5121 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5122 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5123 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5124 nparams = 3; 5125 } 5126 5127 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5128 // if we had some location information about types. 5129 5130 QualType CharPP = 5131 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5132 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5133 5134 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5135 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5136 5137 bool mismatch = true; 5138 5139 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5140 mismatch = false; 5141 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5142 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5143 // char const ** 5144 // char const * const * 5145 // char * const * 5146 5147 QualifierCollector qs; 5148 const PointerType* PT; 5149 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5150 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5151 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5152 qs.removeConst(); 5153 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5154 } 5155 } 5156 5157 if (mismatch) { 5158 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5159 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5160 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5161 } 5162 } 5163 5164 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5165 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5166 } 5167 5168 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5169 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5170 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5171 } 5172} 5173 5174bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5175 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5176 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5177 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5178 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5179 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5180 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5181 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5182 // rules there don't matter.) 5183 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5184 return false; 5185 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5186 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5187 return true; 5188} 5189 5190namespace { 5191 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5192 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5193 class SelfReferenceChecker 5194 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5195 Sema &S; 5196 Decl *OrigDecl; 5197 5198 public: 5199 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5200 5201 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5202 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5203 5204 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5205 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5206 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5207 } 5208 5209 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5210 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5211 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5212 } 5213 5214 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5215 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5216 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5217 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5218 if (!DRE) return; 5219 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5220 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5221 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5222 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5223 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SubExpr->getLocStart(), SubExpr, 5224 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5225 << Result.getLookupName() 5226 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5227 << SubExpr->getSourceRange()); 5228 } 5229 }; 5230} 5231 5232/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5233/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5234/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5235void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5236 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5237 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5238 // the initializer. 5239 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5240 return; 5241 5242 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5243 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5244 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5245 // by a dataflow analysis. 5246 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5247 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5248 } 5249 else { 5250 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5251 } 5252 5253 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5254 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5255 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5256 // Thus this grotesque test. 5257 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5258 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5259 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5260 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5261 else { 5262 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5263 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5264 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5265 } 5266 return; 5267 } 5268 5269 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5270 if (!VDecl) { 5271 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5272 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5273 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5274 return; 5275 } 5276 5277 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5278 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5279 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5280 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5281 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5282 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5283 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5284 if (!DeducedType) { 5285 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5286 return; 5287 } 5288 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5289 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5290 5291 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5292 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5294 5295 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5296 // the previously declared type. 5297 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5298 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5299 } 5300 5301 5302 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5303 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5304 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5305 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5306 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5307 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5308 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5309 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5310 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5311 return; 5312 } 5313 5314 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5315 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5316 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5317 AbstractVariableType)) 5318 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5319 5320 const VarDecl *Def; 5321 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5322 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5323 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5324 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5325 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5326 return; 5327 } 5328 5329 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5330 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5331 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5332 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5333 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5334 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5335 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5336 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5337 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5338 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5339 // 5340 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5341 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5342 // declaration with an initializer. 5343 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5344 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5345 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5346 return; 5347 } 5348 5349 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5350 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5351 5352 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5353 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5354 return; 5355 } 5356 } 5357 5358 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5359 // initialization. 5360 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5361 5362 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5363 InitializationKind Kind 5364 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5365 Init->getLocStart(), 5366 Init->getLocEnd()) 5367 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5368 Init->getLocStart()); 5369 5370 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5371 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5372 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5373 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5374 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5375 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5376 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5377 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5378 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5379 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5380 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5381 &DclT); 5382 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5383 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5384 return; 5385 } 5386 5387 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5388 5389 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5390 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5391 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5392 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5393 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5394 } 5395 } 5396 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5397 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5398 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5399 // 5400 // struct S { 5401 // static const int value = 17; 5402 // }; 5403 5404 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5405 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5406 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5407 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5408 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5409 &DclT); 5410 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5411 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5412 return; 5413 } 5414 5415 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5416 } 5417 5418 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5419 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5420 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5421 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5422 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5423 5424 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5425 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5426 5427 // Require constness. 5428 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5429 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5430 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5431 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5432 5433 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5434 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5435 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5436 SourceLocation Loc; 5437 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5438 ; // Nothing to check. 5439 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5440 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5441 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5442 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5443 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5444 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5445 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5446 } else { 5447 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5448 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5449 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5450 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5451 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5452 } 5453 5454 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5455 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5456 // implement fully. 5457 } else { 5458 bool Allowed = false; 5459 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5460 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5461 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5462 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5463 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5464 Allowed = true; 5465 } 5466 5467 if (!Allowed) { 5468 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5469 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5470 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5471 5472 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5473 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5474 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5475 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5476 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5477 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5478 } 5479 } 5480 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5481 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5482 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5483 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5484 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5485 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5486 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5487 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5488 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5489 &DclT); 5490 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5491 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5492 return; 5493 } 5494 5495 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5496 } 5497 5498 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5499 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5500 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5501 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5502 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5503 } 5504 } 5505 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5506 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5507 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5508 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5509 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5510 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5511 Init->setType(DclT); 5512 } 5513 5514 5515 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5516 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5517 // global/static definition. 5518 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5519 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5520 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5521 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5522 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5523 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5524 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5525 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5526 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5527 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5528 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5529 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5530 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5531 } 5532 } 5533 } 5534 5535 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5536 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5537 5538 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5539 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5540 5541 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5542 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5543 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5544 5545 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5546} 5547 5548/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5549/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5550/// of sanity. 5551void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5552 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5553 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5554 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5555 5556 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5557 if (!VD) return; 5558 5559 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5560 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5561 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5562 return; 5563 } 5564 5565 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5566 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5567 5568 // Require a complete type. 5569 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5570 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5571 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5572 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5573 return; 5574 } 5575 5576 // Require an abstract type. 5577 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5578 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5579 AbstractVariableType)) { 5580 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5581 return; 5582 } 5583 5584 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5585 // though. 5586} 5587 5588void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5589 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5590 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5591 if (RealDecl == 0) 5592 return; 5593 5594 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5595 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5596 5597 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5598 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5599 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5600 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5601 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5602 return; 5603 } 5604 5605 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5606 case VarDecl::Definition: 5607 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5608 break; 5609 5610 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5611 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5612 // a declaration. 5613 // 5614 // Fall through 5615 5616 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5617 // It's only a declaration. 5618 5619 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5620 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5621 // object shall be complete. 5622 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5623 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5624 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5625 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5626 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5627 5628 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5629 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5630 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5631 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5632 AbstractVariableType)) 5633 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5634 return; 5635 5636 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5637 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5638 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5639 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5640 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5641 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5642 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5643 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5644 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5645 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5646 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5647 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5648 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5649 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5650 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5651 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5652 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5653 // NOTE: code such as the following 5654 // static struct s; 5655 // struct s { int a; }; 5656 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5657 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5658 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5659 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5660 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5661 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5662 } 5663 } 5664 5665 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5666 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5667 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5668 return; 5669 } 5670 5671 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5672 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5673 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5674 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5675 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5676 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5677 return; 5678 } 5679 5680 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5681 // definitions with reference type. 5682 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5683 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5684 << Var->getDeclName() 5685 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5686 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5687 return; 5688 } 5689 5690 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5691 // variable with dependent type. 5692 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5693 return; 5694 5695 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5696 return; 5697 5698 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5699 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5700 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5701 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5702 return; 5703 } 5704 5705 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5706 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5707 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5708 AbstractVariableType)) { 5709 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5710 return; 5711 } 5712 5713 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5714 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5715 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5716 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5717 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5718 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 5719 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5720 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5721 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5722 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5723 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5724 if (const RecordType *Record 5725 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5726 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5727 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 5728 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5729 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5730 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 5731 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5732 } 5733 } 5734 5735 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5736 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5737 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5738 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5739 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5740 // type shall have a user-declared default 5741 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5742 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5743 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5744 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5745 // program is ill-formed. 5746 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5747 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5748 // default-initialized; [...]. 5749 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5750 InitializationKind Kind 5751 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5752 5753 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5754 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5755 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5756 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5757 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5758 else if (Init.get()) 5759 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5760 5761 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5762 } 5763} 5764 5765void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5766 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5767 if (!VD) { 5768 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5769 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5770 return; 5771 } 5772 5773 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5774 5775 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5776 int Error = -1; 5777 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5778 case SC_None: 5779 break; 5780 case SC_Extern: 5781 Error = 0; 5782 break; 5783 case SC_Static: 5784 Error = 1; 5785 break; 5786 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5787 Error = 2; 5788 break; 5789 case SC_Auto: 5790 Error = 3; 5791 break; 5792 case SC_Register: 5793 Error = 4; 5794 break; 5795 } 5796 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5797 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5798 // Error = 5; 5799 if (Error != -1) { 5800 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5801 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5802 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5803 } 5804} 5805 5806void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5807 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5808 5809 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 5810 // local retaining variable. 5811 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5812 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5813 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 5814 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 5815 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 5816 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 5817 break; 5818 5819 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 5820 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 5821 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5822 break; 5823 } 5824 } 5825 5826 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5827 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5828 5829 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5830 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5831 5832 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5833 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5834 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5835 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5836 5837 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5838 // constructing this copy. 5839 QualType type = var->getType(); 5840 5841 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5842 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5843 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5844 ExprResult result = 5845 PerformCopyInitialization( 5846 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5847 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5848 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5849 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5850 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5851 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5852 } 5853 } 5854 } 5855 5856 // Check for global constructors. 5857 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5858 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5859 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5860 var->getInit() && 5861 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5862 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5863 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5864 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5865 5866 // Require the destructor. 5867 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5868 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5869} 5870 5871/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5872/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5873void 5874Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5875 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5876 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5877} 5878 5879Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5880Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5881 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5882 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5883 5884 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5885 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5886 5887 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5888 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5889 Decls.push_back(D); 5890 5891 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5892 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5893} 5894 5895/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5896/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5897Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5898Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5899 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5900 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5901 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5902 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5903 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5904 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5905 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5906 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5907 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5908 QualType Deduced; 5909 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5910 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5911 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5912 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5913 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5914 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5915 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5916 break; 5917 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5918 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5919 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5920 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5921 Deduced = U; 5922 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5923 DeducedDecl = D; 5924 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5925 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5926 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5927 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5928 << U << D->getDeclName() 5929 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5930 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5931 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5932 break; 5933 } 5934 } 5935 } 5936 } 5937 } 5938 5939 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5940} 5941 5942 5943/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5944/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5945Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5946 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5947 5948 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5949 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5950 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5951 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5952 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5953 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5954 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5955 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5956 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5957 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5958 } 5959 5960 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5961 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5962 5963 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5964 5965 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5966 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5967 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5968 5969 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5970 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5971 // parameter. 5972 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5973 5974 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5975 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5976 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5977 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5978 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5979 } 5980 5981 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5982 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5983 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5984 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5985 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5986 } 5987 } 5988 5989 // Ensure we have a valid name 5990 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5991 if (D.hasName()) { 5992 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5993 if (!II) { 5994 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5995 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5996 D.setInvalidType(true); 5997 } 5998 } 5999 6000 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6001 if (II) { 6002 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6003 ForRedeclaration); 6004 LookupName(R, S); 6005 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6006 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6007 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6008 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6009 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6010 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6011 PrevDecl = 0; 6012 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6013 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6014 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6015 6016 // Recover by removing the name 6017 II = 0; 6018 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6019 D.setInvalidType(true); 6020 } 6021 } 6022 } 6023 6024 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6025 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6026 // looking like class members in C++. 6027 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6028 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6029 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6030 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6031 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6032 6033 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6034 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6035 6036 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6037 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6038 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6039 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6040 6041 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6042 S->AddDecl(New); 6043 if (II) 6044 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6045 6046 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6047 6048 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6049 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6050 } 6051 return New; 6052} 6053 6054/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6055/// typedef. 6056ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6057 SourceLocation Loc, 6058 QualType T) { 6059 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6060 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6061 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6062 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6063 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6064 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6065 Param->setImplicit(); 6066 return Param; 6067} 6068 6069void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6070 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6071 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6072 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6073 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6074 return; 6075 6076 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6077 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6078 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6079 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6080 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6081 } 6082 } 6083} 6084 6085void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6086 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6087 QualType ReturnTy, 6088 NamedDecl *D) { 6089 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6090 return; 6091 6092 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6093 // threshold. 6094 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6095 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6096 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6097 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6098 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6099 } 6100 6101 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6102 // threshold. 6103 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6104 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6105 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6106 continue; 6107 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6108 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6109 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6110 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6111 } 6112} 6113 6114ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6115 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6116 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6117 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6118 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6119 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6120 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6121 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6122 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6123 6124 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6125 6126 // Special cases for arrays: 6127 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6128 // - otherwise, it's an error 6129 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6130 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6131 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_lifetime) 6132 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6133 } 6134 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6135 } else { 6136 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6137 } 6138 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6139 } 6140 6141 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6142 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 6143 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6144 0); 6145 6146 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6147 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6148 // the class has been completely parsed. 6149 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6150 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6151 AbstractParamType)) 6152 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6153 6154 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6155 // passed by reference. 6156 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6157 Diag(NameLoc, 6158 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6159 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6160 } 6161 6162 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6163 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6164 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6165 // an address space. 6166 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6167 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6168 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6169 } 6170 6171 return New; 6172} 6173 6174void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6175 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6176 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6177 6178 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6179 // for a K&R function. 6180 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6181 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6182 --i; 6183 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6184 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6185 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6186 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6187 << ";\n"; 6188 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6189 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6190 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6191 6192 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6193 // type. 6194 AttributeFactory attrs; 6195 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6196 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6197 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6198 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6199 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6200 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6201 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6202 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6203 } 6204 } 6205 } 6206} 6207 6208Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6209 Declarator &D) { 6210 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6211 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6212 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6213 6214 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6215 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6216 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6217 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6218} 6219 6220static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6221 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6222 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6223 return false; 6224 6225 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6226 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6227 return false; 6228 6229 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6230 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6231 return false; 6232 6233 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6234 if (FD->isMain()) 6235 return false; 6236 6237 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6238 if (FD->isInlined()) 6239 return false; 6240 6241 // Don't warn about function templates. 6242 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6243 return false; 6244 6245 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6246 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6247 return false; 6248 6249 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6250 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6251 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6252 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6253 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6254 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6255 continue; 6256 6257 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6258 break; 6259 } 6260 6261 return MissingPrototype; 6262} 6263 6264void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6265 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6266 // was an extern inline function. 6267 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6268 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6269 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6270 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6271 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6272 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6273 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6274 else 6275 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6276 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6277 } 6278} 6279 6280Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6281 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6282 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6283 6284 if (!D) 6285 return D; 6286 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6287 6288 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6289 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6290 else 6291 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6292 6293 // Enter a new function scope 6294 PushFunctionScope(); 6295 6296 // See if this is a redefinition. 6297 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6298 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6299 6300 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6301 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6302 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6303 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6304 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6305 } 6306 } 6307 6308 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6309 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6310 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6311 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6312 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6313 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6314 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6315 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6316 6317 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6318 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6319 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6320 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6321 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6322 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6323 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6324 6325 if (FnBodyScope) 6326 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6327 6328 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6329 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6330 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6331 6332 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6333 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6334 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6335 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6336 6337 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6338 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6339 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6340 6341 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6342 } 6343 } 6344 6345 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6346 // dllimport attribute. 6347 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6348 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6349 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6350 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6351 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6352 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6354 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6355 << "dllimport"; 6356 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6357 return FD; 6358 } 6359 6360 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6361 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6362 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6363 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6364 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6365 // emitted. 6366 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6367 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6368 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6369 } 6370 } 6371 return FD; 6372} 6373 6374/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6375/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6376/// optimization. 6377/// 6378/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6379/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6380/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6381/// use the named return value optimization. 6382/// 6383/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6384/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6385/// the NRVO variable. 6386/// 6387/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6388/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6389/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6390static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6391 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6392 6393 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6394 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6395 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6396 return; 6397 6398 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6399 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6400 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6401 return; 6402 } 6403 6404 if (NRVOCandidate) 6405 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6406} 6407 6408Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6409 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6410} 6411 6412Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6413 bool IsInstantiation) { 6414 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6415 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6416 if (FunTmpl) 6417 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6418 else 6419 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6420 6421 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6422 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6423 6424 if (FD) { 6425 FD->setBody(Body); 6426 if (FD->isMain()) { 6427 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6428 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6429 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6430 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6431 } 6432 6433 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6434 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6435 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6436 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6437 6438 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6439 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6440 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6441 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6442 6443 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6444 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6445 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6446 6447 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6448 } 6449 6450 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6451 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6452 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6453 MD->setBody(Body); 6454 if (Body) 6455 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6456 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6457 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6458 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6459 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6460 } 6461 } else { 6462 return 0; 6463 } 6464 6465 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6466 if (Body) { 6467 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6468 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6469 // Verify this. 6470 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6471 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6472 6473 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6474 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6475 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6476 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6477 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6478 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6479 6480 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6481 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6482 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6483 6484 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6485 Destructor->getParent()); 6486 } 6487 6488 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6489 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6490 // deletion in some later function. 6491 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6492 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6493 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6494 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6495 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6496 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6497 // enabled. 6498 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6499 } 6500 6501 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6502 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6503 } 6504 6505 if (!IsInstantiation) 6506 PopDeclContext(); 6507 6508 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6509 6510 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6511 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6512 // deletion in some later function. 6513 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6514 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6515 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6516 } 6517 6518 return dcl; 6519} 6520 6521/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6522/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6523NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6524 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6525 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6526 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6527 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6528 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6529 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6530 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6531 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6532 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6533 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6534 return Pos->second; 6535 } 6536 6537 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6538 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6539 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6540 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6541 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6542 else 6543 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6544 6545 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6546 const char *Dummy; 6547 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6548 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6549 unsigned DiagID; 6550 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6551 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6552 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6553 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6554 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6555 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6556 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6557 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6558 DS.getAttributes(), 6559 SourceLocation()); 6560 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6561 6562 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6563 6564 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6566 6567 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6568 FD->setImplicit(); 6569 6570 CurContext = PrevDC; 6571 6572 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6573 6574 return FD; 6575} 6576 6577/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6578/// the declaration of this function. 6579/// 6580/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6581/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6582/// like NSLog or printf. 6583/// 6584/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6585/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6586void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6587 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6588 return; 6589 6590 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6591 // actual attributes. 6592 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6593 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6594 unsigned FormatIdx; 6595 bool HasVAListArg; 6596 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6597 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6598 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6599 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6600 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6601 } 6602 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6603 HasVAListArg)) { 6604 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6605 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6606 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6607 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6608 } 6609 6610 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6611 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6612 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6613 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6614 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6615 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6616 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6617 } 6618 6619 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6620 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6621 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6622 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6623 } 6624 6625 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6626 if (!Name) 6627 return; 6628 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6629 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6630 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6631 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6632 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6633 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6634 // about. 6635 } else 6636 return; 6637 6638 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6639 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6640 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6641 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6642 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6643 } else 6644 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6645 "printf", 1, 6646 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6647 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6648 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6649 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6650 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6651 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6652 "printf", 2, 6653 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6654 } 6655} 6656 6657TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6658 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6659 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6660 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6661 6662 if (!TInfo) { 6663 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6664 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6665 } 6666 6667 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6668 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6669 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6670 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6671 D.getIdentifier(), 6672 TInfo); 6673 6674 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6675 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6676 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6677 return NewTD; 6678 } 6679 6680 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6681 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6682 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6683 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6684 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6685 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6686 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6687 case TST_enum: 6688 case TST_struct: 6689 case TST_union: 6690 case TST_class: { 6691 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6692 6693 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6694 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6695 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6696 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6697 6698 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6699 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6700 6701 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6702 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6703 break; 6704 6705 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6706 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6707 break; 6708 } 6709 6710 default: 6711 break; 6712 } 6713 6714 return NewTD; 6715} 6716 6717 6718/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6719/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6720/// 6721/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6722bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6723 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 6724 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6725 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6726 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6727 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6728 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6729 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6730 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6731 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6732 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6733 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6734 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6735 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6736 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6737 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6738 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6739 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6740 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 6741 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6742 return true; 6743 6744 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6745 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6746 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6747 bool isTemplate = false; 6748 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6749 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6750 6751 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6752 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 6753 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 6754 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6755 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6756 return true; 6757 } 6758 6759 if (isDefinition) { 6760 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 6761 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 6762 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6763 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 6764 return true; 6765 } 6766 6767 bool previousMismatch = false; 6768 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 6769 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 6770 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 6771 if (!previousMismatch) { 6772 previousMismatch = true; 6773 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 6774 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6775 } 6776 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6777 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6778 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 6779 NewTag == TTK_Class? 6780 "class" : "struct"); 6781 } 6782 } 6783 return true; 6784 } 6785 6786 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 6787 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 6788 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 6789 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 6790 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 6791 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 6792 return true; 6793 } 6794 6795 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6796 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6797 << isTemplate << &Name; 6798 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6799 6800 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 6801 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6802 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6803 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 6804 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6805 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6806 } 6807 6808 return true; 6809 } 6810 return false; 6811} 6812 6813/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6814/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6815/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6816/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6817Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6818 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6819 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6820 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6821 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6822 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6823 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6824 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6825 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6826 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6827 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6828 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6829 6830 OwnedDecl = false; 6831 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6832 6833 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6834 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6835 bool Invalid = false; 6836 6837 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6838 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6839 // for non-C++ cases. 6840 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6841 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6842 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6843 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6844 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6845 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6846 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6847 isExplicitSpecialization, 6848 Invalid)) { 6849 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6850 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6851 // be a member of another template). 6852 6853 if (Invalid) 6854 return 0; 6855 6856 OwnedDecl = false; 6857 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6858 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6859 TemplateParams, AS, 6860 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6861 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6862 return Result.get(); 6863 } else { 6864 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6865 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6866 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6867 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6868 } 6869 } 6870 } 6871 6872 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6873 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6874 // redeclaration. 6875 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6876 6877 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6878 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6879 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6880 // type, default to int. 6881 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6882 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6883 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6884 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6885 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6886 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6887 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6888 6889 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6890 6891 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6892 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6893 << T; 6894 // Recover by falling back to int. 6895 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6896 } 6897 6898 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6899 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6900 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6901 6902 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6903 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6904 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6905 } 6906 6907 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6908 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6909 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6910 6911 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6912 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6913 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6914 6915 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6916 6917 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6918 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6919 6920 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6921 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6922 Name = 0; 6923 goto CreateNewDecl; 6924 } 6925 6926 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6927 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6928 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6929 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6930 if (!DC) { 6931 IsDependent = true; 6932 return 0; 6933 } 6934 } else { 6935 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6936 if (!DC) { 6937 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6938 << SS.getRange(); 6939 return 0; 6940 } 6941 } 6942 6943 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6944 return 0; 6945 6946 SearchDC = DC; 6947 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6948 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6949 6950 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6951 return 0; 6952 6953 if (Previous.empty()) { 6954 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6955 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6956 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6957 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6958 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6959 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6960 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6961 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6962 IsDependent = true; 6963 return 0; 6964 } 6965 6966 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6967 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6968 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6969 Name = 0; 6970 Invalid = true; 6971 goto CreateNewDecl; 6972 } 6973 } else if (Name) { 6974 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6975 // declaration or definition. 6976 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6977 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6978 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6979 LookupName(Previous, S); 6980 6981 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 6982 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 6983 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 6984 while (F.hasNext()) { 6985 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 6986 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 6987 F.erase(); 6988 } 6989 F.done(); 6990 } 6991 6992 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6993 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6994 return 0; 6995 6996 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6997 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6998 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6999 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7000 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7001 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7002 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7003 } 7004 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7005 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7006 // initial context to the translation unit. 7007 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7008 } 7009 7010 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7011 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7012 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7013 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7014 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7015 Previous.clear(); 7016 } 7017 7018 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7019 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7020 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7021 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7022 7023 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7024 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7025 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7026 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7027 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7028 } 7029 } 7030 7031 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7032 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7033 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7034 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7035 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7036 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7037 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7038 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7039 7040 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7041 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7042 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7043 // 7044 // class-key identifier 7045 // 7046 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7047 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7048 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7049 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7050 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7051 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7052 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7053 // declaration. 7054 // 7055 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7056 // C structs and unions. 7057 // 7058 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7059 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7060 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7061 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7062 // 7063 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7064 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7065 // 7066 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7067 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7068 // lexical context, 7069 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7070 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7071 7072 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7073 while (S->isClassScope() || 7074 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7075 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7076 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7077 (S->getEntity() && 7078 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7079 S = S->getParent(); 7080 } else { 7081 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7082 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7083 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7084 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7085 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7086 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7087 } 7088 7089 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7090 // diagnose some problems. 7091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7092 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7093 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7094 } 7095 } 7096 7097 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7098 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7099 7100 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7101 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7102 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7103 // in C++. 7104 // 7105 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7106 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7107 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7108 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7109 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7110 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7111 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7112 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7113 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7114 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7115 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7116 PrevDecl = Tag; 7117 Previous.clear(); 7118 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7119 Previous.resolveKind(); 7120 } 7121 } 7122 } 7123 } 7124 7125 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7126 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7127 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7128 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7129 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7130 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7131 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7132 // struct or something similar. 7133 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7134 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7135 *Name)) { 7136 bool SafeToContinue 7137 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7138 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7139 if (SafeToContinue) 7140 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7141 << Name 7142 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7143 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7144 else 7145 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7146 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7147 7148 if (SafeToContinue) 7149 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7150 else { 7151 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7152 Name = 0; 7153 Previous.clear(); 7154 Invalid = true; 7155 } 7156 } 7157 7158 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7159 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7160 7161 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7162 // returning the previous declaration. 7163 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7164 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7165 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7166 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7167 return PrevTagDecl; 7168 } 7169 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7170 QualType T; 7171 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7172 T = TI->getType(); 7173 else 7174 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7175 7176 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7177 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7178 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7179 << T 7180 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7181 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7182 return PrevTagDecl; 7183 } 7184 } 7185 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7186 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7187 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7188 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7189 return PrevTagDecl; 7190 } 7191 } 7192 7193 if (!Invalid) { 7194 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7195 7196 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7197 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7198 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7199 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7200 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7201 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7202 return PrevTagDecl; 7203 7204 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7205 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7206 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7207 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7208 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7209 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7210 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7211 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7212 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7213 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7214 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7215 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7216 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7217 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7218 // references get the previous definition. 7219 Name = 0; 7220 Previous.clear(); 7221 Invalid = true; 7222 } 7223 } else { 7224 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7225 // about a nested redefinition. 7226 const TagType *Tag 7227 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7228 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7229 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7230 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7231 diag::note_previous_definition); 7232 Name = 0; 7233 Previous.clear(); 7234 Invalid = true; 7235 } 7236 } 7237 7238 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7239 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7240 } 7241 } 7242 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7243 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7244 7245 } else { 7246 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7247 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7248 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7249 // have distinct types. 7250 Previous.clear(); 7251 } 7252 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7253 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7254 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7255 7256 7257 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7258 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7259 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7260 } else { 7261 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7262 7263 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7264 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7265 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7266 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7267 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7268 unsigned Kind = 0; 7269 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7270 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7271 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7272 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7273 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7274 Invalid = true; 7275 7276 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7277 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7278 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7279 // do nothing 7280 7281 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7282 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7283 unsigned Kind = 0; 7284 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7285 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7286 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7287 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7288 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7289 Invalid = true; 7290 7291 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7292 // case here. 7293 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7294 unsigned Kind = 0; 7295 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7296 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7297 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7298 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7299 Invalid = true; 7300 7301 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7302 } else { 7303 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7304 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7306 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7307 Name = 0; 7308 Invalid = true; 7309 } 7310 7311 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7312 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7313 Previous.clear(); 7314 } 7315 } 7316 7317CreateNewDecl: 7318 7319 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7320 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7321 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7322 7323 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7324 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7325 // keyword. 7326 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7327 7328 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7329 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7330 // PrevDecl. 7331 TagDecl *New; 7332 7333 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7334 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7335 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7336 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7337 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7338 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7339 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7340 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7341 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7342 TagDecl *Def; 7343 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7344 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7345 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7346 } 7347 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7348 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7349 << New; 7350 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7351 } else { 7352 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7353 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7354 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7355 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7356 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7357 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7358 7359 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7360 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7361 // the declaration context. 7362 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7363 IsForwardReference = true; 7364 } 7365 } 7366 7367 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7368 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7369 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7370 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7371 else 7372 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7373 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7374 } 7375 7376 } else { 7377 // struct/union/class 7378 7379 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7380 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7381 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7382 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7383 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7384 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7385 7386 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7387 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7388 } else 7389 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7390 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7391 } 7392 7393 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7394 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7395 if (SS.isSet()) { 7396 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7397 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7398 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7399 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7400 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7401 } 7402 } 7403 else 7404 Invalid = true; 7405 } 7406 7407 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7408 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7409 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7410 // 7411 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7412 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7413 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7414 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7415 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7416 // parsing of the struct). 7417 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7418 7419 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7420 } 7421 7422 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7423 // check the specialization. 7424 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7425 Invalid = true; 7426 7427 if (Invalid) 7428 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7429 7430 if (Attr) 7431 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7432 7433 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7434 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7435 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7436 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7437 7438 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7439 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7440 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7441 7442 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7443 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7444 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7445 // the tag name visible. 7446 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7447 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7448 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7449 7450 // Set the access specifier. 7451 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7452 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7453 7454 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7455 New->startDefinition(); 7456 7457 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7458 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7459 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7460 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7461 if (PrevDecl) 7462 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7463 7464 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7465 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7466 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7467 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7468 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7469 } else if (Name) { 7470 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7471 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7472 if (IsForwardReference) 7473 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7474 7475 } else { 7476 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7477 } 7478 7479 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7480 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7481 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7482 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7483 II->isStr("FILE")) 7484 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7485 7486 OwnedDecl = true; 7487 return New; 7488} 7489 7490void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7491 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7492 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7493 7494 // Enter the tag context. 7495 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7496} 7497 7498void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7499 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7500 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7501 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7502 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7503 7504 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7505 7506 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7507 return; 7508 7509 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7510 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7511 7512 // C++ [class]p2: 7513 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7514 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7515 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7516 // as if it were a public member name. 7517 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7518 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7519 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7520 Record->getIdentifier(), 7521 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7522 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7523 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7524 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7525 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7526 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7527 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7528 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7529 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7530 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7531} 7532 7533void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7534 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7535 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7536 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7537 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7538 7539 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7540 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7541 7542 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7543 PopDeclContext(); 7544 7545 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7546 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7547} 7548 7549void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7550 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7551 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7552 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7553 7554 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7555 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7556 // the FieldCollector. 7557 7558 PopDeclContext(); 7559} 7560 7561// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7562bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7563 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7564 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7565 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7566 if (ZeroWidth) 7567 *ZeroWidth = true; 7568 7569 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7570 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7571 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7572 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7573 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7574 return true; 7575 if (FieldName) 7576 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7577 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7578 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7579 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7580 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7581 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7582 return true; 7583 7584 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7585 // it now. 7586 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7587 return false; 7588 7589 llvm::APSInt Value; 7590 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7591 return true; 7592 7593 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7594 *ZeroWidth = false; 7595 7596 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7597 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7598 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7599 7600 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7601 if (FieldName) 7602 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7603 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7604 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7605 << Value.toString(10); 7606 } 7607 7608 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7609 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7610 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7611 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7612 if (FieldName) 7613 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7614 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7615 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7616 7617 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7618 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7619 } 7620 7621 if (FieldName) 7622 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7623 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7624 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7625 else 7626 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7627 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7628 } 7629 } 7630 7631 return false; 7632} 7633 7634/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 7635/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7636Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 7637 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7638 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7639 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7640 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 7641 return Res; 7642} 7643 7644/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7645/// 7646FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7647 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7648 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7649 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7650 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7651 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7652 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7653 7654 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7655 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7656 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7657 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7658 7659 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7660 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7661 D.setInvalidType(); 7662 T = Context.IntTy; 7663 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7664 } 7665 } 7666 7667 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7668 7669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7671 7672 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7673 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7674 LookupName(Previous, S); 7675 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7676 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7677 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7678 7679 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7680 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7681 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7682 7683 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7684 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7685 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7686 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7687 PrevDecl = 0; 7688 } 7689 7690 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7691 PrevDecl = 0; 7692 7693 bool Mutable 7694 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7695 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7696 FieldDecl *NewFD 7697 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 7698 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7699 7700 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7701 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7702 7703 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7704 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7705 // with the same name in the same scope. 7706 } else if (II) { 7707 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7708 } else 7709 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7710 7711 return NewFD; 7712} 7713 7714/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7715/// 7716/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7717/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7718/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7719/// created. 7720/// 7721/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7722/// 7723/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7724FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7725 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7726 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7727 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7728 SourceLocation TSSL, 7729 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7730 Declarator *D) { 7731 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7732 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7733 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7734 7735 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7736 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7737 if (T.isNull()) { 7738 InvalidDecl = true; 7739 T = Context.IntTy; 7740 } 7741 7742 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7743 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7744 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7745 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7746 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7747 InvalidDecl = true; 7748 } 7749 7750 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7751 // than a variably modified type. 7752 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7753 bool SizeIsNegative; 7754 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7755 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7756 SizeIsNegative, 7757 Oversized); 7758 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7759 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7760 T = FixedTy; 7761 } else { 7762 if (SizeIsNegative) 7763 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7764 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7766 << Oversized.toString(10); 7767 else 7768 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7769 InvalidDecl = true; 7770 } 7771 } 7772 7773 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7774 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7775 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7776 AbstractFieldType)) 7777 InvalidDecl = true; 7778 7779 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7780 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7781 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7782 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7783 InvalidDecl = true; 7784 BitWidth = 0; 7785 ZeroWidth = false; 7786 } 7787 7788 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7789 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7790 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7791 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7792 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7793 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7794 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7795 7796 if (DiagID) { 7797 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7798 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7799 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7800 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7801 Mutable = false; 7802 InvalidDecl = true; 7803 } 7804 } 7805 7806 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7807 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 7808 if (InvalidDecl) 7809 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 7811 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7813 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7814 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7815 } 7816 7817 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7818 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7819 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7820 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7821 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7822 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7823 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7824 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7825 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7826 // objects. 7827 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7829 } 7830 } 7831 7832 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7833 // the program is ill-formed. 7834 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7835 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7836 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7837 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7838 } 7839 } 7840 } 7841 7842 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7843 // representation, not a parser representation. 7844 if (D) 7845 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7846 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7847 7848 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 7849 // retainable type. 7850 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 7851 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7852 7853 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7854 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7855 7856 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7857 return NewFD; 7858} 7859 7860bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7861 assert(FD); 7862 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7863 7864 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7865 return true; 7866 7867 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7868 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7869 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7870 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7871 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7872 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7873 // copy constructors. 7874 7875 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7876 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7877 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7878 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7879 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 7880 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7881 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7882 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7883 member = CXXDestructor; 7884 7885 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7886 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 7887 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 7888 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 7889 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 7890 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 7891 // members unavailable. 7892 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7893 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 7894 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 7895 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 7896 "this system field has retaining lifetime")); 7897 return false; 7898 } 7899 } 7900 7901 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7902 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7903 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7904 return true; 7905 } 7906 } 7907 } 7908 7909 return false; 7910} 7911 7912/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7913/// special member, figure out why. 7914void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7915 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7916 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7917 7918 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7919 switch (member) { 7920 case CXXInvalid: 7921 break; 7922 7923 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7924 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7925 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7926 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7927 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7928 ci->hasBody(body); 7929 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7930 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7931 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7932 return; 7933 } 7934 } 7935 7936 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7937 return; 7938 } 7939 break; 7940 7941 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7942 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7943 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7944 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 7945 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7946 return; 7947 } 7948 break; 7949 7950 case CXXMoveConstructor: 7951 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 7952 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 7953 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7954 return; 7955 } 7956 break; 7957 7958 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7959 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7960 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7961 // assignment, not the type. 7962 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7963 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7964 return; 7965 } 7966 break; 7967 7968 case CXXMoveAssignment: 7969 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 7970 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 7971 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7972 return; 7973 } 7974 break; 7975 7976 case CXXDestructor: 7977 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7978 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7979 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7980 return; 7981 } 7982 break; 7983 } 7984 7985 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7986 7987 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7988 // but not trivial destruction. 7989 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7990 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7991 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7992 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7993 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7994 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7995 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7996 return; 7997 } 7998 7999 // Check for virtual methods. 8000 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8001 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8002 ++mi) { 8003 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8004 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8005 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8006 return; 8007 } 8008 } 8009 } 8010 8011 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8012 switch (member) { 8013 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8014 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8015 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8016 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8017 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8018 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8019 case CXXDestructor: 8020 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8021 default: 8022 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8023 } 8024 8025 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8026 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8027 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8028 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8029 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8030 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8031 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8032 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8033 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8034 return; 8035 } 8036 } 8037 8038 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8039 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8040 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8041 ++fi) { 8042 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8043 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8044 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8045 8046 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8047 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8048 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8049 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8050 return; 8051 } 8052 } 8053 8054 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8055 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8056 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8057 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8058 break; 8059 8060 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8061 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8062 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8063 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_lifetime) 8064 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8065 return; 8066 } 8067 } 8068 } 8069 8070 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8071} 8072 8073/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8074/// AST enum value. 8075static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8076TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8077 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8078 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8079 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8080 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8081 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8082 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8083 } 8084} 8085 8086/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8087/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8088Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8089 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8090 Decl *IntfDecl, 8091 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 8092 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8093 8094 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8095 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8096 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8097 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8098 8099 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8100 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8101 8102 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8103 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8104 8105 if (BitWidth) { 8106 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8107 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8108 D.setInvalidType(); 8109 BitWidth = 0; 8110 } 8111 } else { 8112 // Not a bitfield. 8113 8114 // validate II. 8115 8116 } 8117 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8118 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8119 D.setInvalidType(); 8120 } 8121 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8122 // than a variably modified type. 8123 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8124 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8125 D.setInvalidType(); 8126 } 8127 8128 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8129 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8130 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8131 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8132 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8133 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 8134 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8135 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8136 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8137 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8138 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8139 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8140 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8141 } 8142 else 8143 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8144 } else { 8145 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8146 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8147 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8148 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8149 return 0; 8150 } 8151 } 8152 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8153 } 8154 8155 // Construct the decl. 8156 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8157 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8158 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8159 8160 if (II) { 8161 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8162 ForRedeclaration); 8163 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8164 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8166 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8167 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8168 } 8169 } 8170 8171 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8172 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8173 8174 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8175 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8176 8177 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8178 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8179 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8180 8181 if (II) { 8182 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8183 // these to the interface. 8184 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8185 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8186 } 8187 8188 return NewID; 8189} 8190 8191/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8192/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8193/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8194/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8195void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8196 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8197 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8198 return; 8199 8200 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8201 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8202 8203 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8204 return; 8205 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8206 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8207 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8208 return; 8209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8210 if (!ID) { 8211 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8212 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8213 return; 8214 } 8215 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8216 else 8217 return; 8218 } 8219 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8220 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 8221 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 8222 8223 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 8224 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8225 Context.CharTy, 8226 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 8227 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8228 true); 8229 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8230} 8231 8232void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8233 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8234 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8235 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8236 AttributeList *Attr) { 8237 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8238 8239 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8240 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8241 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8242 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8243 return; 8244 } 8245 8246 8247 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8248 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8249 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8250 8251 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8252 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8253 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8254 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8255 8256 // Get the type for the field. 8257 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8258 8259 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8260 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8261 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8262 } 8263 8264 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8265 // diagnostics about it. 8266 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8267 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8268 continue; 8269 } 8270 8271 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8272 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8273 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8274 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8275 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8276 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8277 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8278 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8279 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8280 // array. 8281 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8282 // Field declared as a function. 8283 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8284 << FD->getDeclName(); 8285 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8286 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8287 continue; 8288 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8289 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8290 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8291 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8292 // Flexible array member. 8293 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8294 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8295 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8296 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8297 if (Record->isUnion()) 8298 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8299 << FD->getDeclName(); 8300 else if (NumFields == 1) 8301 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8302 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8303 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8304 if (Record->isUnion()) 8305 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8306 << FD->getDeclName(); 8307 else if (NumFields == 1) 8308 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8309 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8310 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8311 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8312 << FD->getDeclName(); 8313 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8314 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8315 continue; 8316 } 8317 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8318 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8319 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8320 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8321 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8322 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8323 continue; 8324 } 8325 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8326 if (Record) 8327 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8328 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8329 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8330 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8331 // Incomplete type 8332 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8333 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8334 continue; 8335 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8336 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8337 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8338 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8339 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8340 } else { 8341 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8342 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8343 // structures. 8344 if (i != NumFields-1) 8345 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8346 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8347 else { 8348 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8349 // other structs as an extension. 8350 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8351 << FD->getDeclName(); 8352 if (Record) 8353 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8354 } 8355 } 8356 } 8357 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8358 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8359 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8360 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8361 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8362 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8363 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8364 continue; 8365 } 8366 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8367 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8368 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8369 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8370 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8371 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8372 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8373 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8374 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8375 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8376 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8377 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8378 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8379 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8380 "this system field has retaining lifetime")); 8381 } 8382 } else { 8383 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8384 } 8385 ARCErrReported = true; 8386 } 8387 } 8388 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8389 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8390 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8391 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8392 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8393 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8394 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8395 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8396 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8397 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8398 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8399 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8400 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8401 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8402 } 8403 } 8404 } 8405 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8406 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8407 ++NumNamedMembers; 8408 } 8409 8410 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8411 if (Record) { 8412 bool Completed = false; 8413 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8414 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8415 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8416 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8417 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8418 I != E; ++I) 8419 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8420 8421 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8422 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8423 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8424 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8425 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8426 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8427 // 8428 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8429 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8430 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8431 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8432 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8433 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8434 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8435 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8436 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8437 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8438 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8439 << CXXRecord; 8440 } else { 8441 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8442 // for them is going to be tricky. 8443 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8444 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8445 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8446 << CXXRecord << 0; 8447 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8448 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8449 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8450 << CXXRecord << 1; 8451 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8452 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8453 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8454 << CXXRecord << 2; 8455 } 8456 } 8457 8458 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8459 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8460 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8461 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8462 8463 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8464 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8465 8466 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8467 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8468 // problem now. 8469 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8470 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8471 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8472 8473 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8474 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8475 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8476 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8477 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8478 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8479 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8480 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8481 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8482 continue; 8483 8484 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8485 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8486 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8487 // program is ill-formed. 8488 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8489 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8490 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8491 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8492 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8493 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8494 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8495 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8496 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8497 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8498 8499 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8500 } 8501 } 8502 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8503 Completed = true; 8504 } 8505 } 8506 } 8507 } 8508 8509 if (!Completed) 8510 Record->completeDefinition(); 8511 8512 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8513 // we were missing. 8514 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8515 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8516 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8517 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8518 break; 8519 8520 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8521 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8522 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8523 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8524 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8525 } 8526 8527 } else { 8528 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8529 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8530 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8531 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8532 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8533 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8534 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8535 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8536 } 8537 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8538 // duplicates. 8539 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8540 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8541 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8542 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8543 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8544 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8545 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8546 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8547 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8548 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8549 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8550 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8551 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8552 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8553 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8554 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8555 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8556 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8557 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8558 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8559 } 8560 } 8561 } 8562 8563 if (Attr) 8564 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8565 8566 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8567 // set the visibility of this record. 8568 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8569 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8570} 8571 8572/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8573/// the given type T. 8574static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8575 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8576 QualType T) { 8577 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8578 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8579 8580 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8581 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8582 --BitWidth; 8583 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8584 } 8585 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8586} 8587 8588// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8589// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8590static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8591 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8592 // enum checking below. 8593 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8594 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8595 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8596 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8597 }; 8598 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8599 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8600 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8601 }; 8602 8603 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8604 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8605 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8606 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8607 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8608 return Types[I]; 8609 8610 return QualType(); 8611} 8612 8613EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8614 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8615 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8616 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8617 Expr *Val) { 8618 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8619 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8620 QualType EltTy; 8621 8622 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8623 Val = 0; 8624 8625 if (Val) { 8626 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8627 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8628 else { 8629 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8630 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8631 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8632 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8633 Val = 0; 8634 } else { 8635 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8636 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8637 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8638 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8639 // representable as an int. 8640 8641 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8642 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8643 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8644 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8645 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8646 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8647 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8648 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8649 } 8650 } 8651 8652 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8653 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8654 8655 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8656 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8657 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8658 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8659 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8660 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8661 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8662 } else 8663 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8664 << EltTy; 8665 } else 8666 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8667 } 8668 else { 8669 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8670 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8671 // is the type of its initializing value: 8672 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8673 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8674 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8675 } 8676 } 8677 } 8678 } 8679 8680 if (!Val) { 8681 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8682 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8683 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8684 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8685 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8686 // is the type of its initializing value: 8687 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8688 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8689 // 8690 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8691 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8692 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8693 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8694 } 8695 else { 8696 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8697 } 8698 } else { 8699 // Assign the last value + 1. 8700 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8701 ++EnumVal; 8702 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8703 8704 // Check for overflow on increment. 8705 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8706 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8707 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8708 // is the type of its initializing value: 8709 // 8710 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8711 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8712 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8713 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8714 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8715 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8716 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8717 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8718 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8719 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8720 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8721 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8722 ++EnumVal; 8723 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8724 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8725 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8726 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8727 << EltTy; 8728 else 8729 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8730 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8731 } else { 8732 EltTy = T; 8733 } 8734 8735 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8736 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8737 // value, then increment. 8738 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8739 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8740 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8741 ++EnumVal; 8742 8743 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8744 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8745 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8746 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8747 // integral type. 8748 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8749 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8750 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8751 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8752 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8753 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8754 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8755 } 8756 } 8757 } 8758 8759 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8760 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8761 // enumerator's type. 8762 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8763 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8764 } 8765 8766 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8767 Val, EnumVal); 8768} 8769 8770 8771Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8772 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8773 AttributeList *Attr, 8774 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8775 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8776 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8777 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8778 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8779 8780 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8781 // we find one that is. 8782 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8783 8784 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8785 // scope. 8786 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8787 ForRedeclaration); 8788 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8789 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8790 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8791 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8792 PrevDecl = 0; 8793 } 8794 8795 if (PrevDecl) { 8796 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8797 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8798 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8799 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8800 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8801 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8802 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8803 else 8804 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8805 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8806 return 0; 8807 } 8808 } 8809 8810 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8811 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8812 // name different from T: 8813 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8814 // type 8815 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8816 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8817 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8818 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8819 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8820 8821 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8822 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8823 8824 if (New) { 8825 // Process attributes. 8826 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8827 8828 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8829 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8830 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8831 } 8832 8833 return New; 8834} 8835 8836void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8837 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8838 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8839 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8840 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8841 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8842 8843 if (Attr) 8844 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8845 8846 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8847 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8848 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8849 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8850 if (!ECD) continue; 8851 8852 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8853 } 8854 8855 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8856 return; 8857 } 8858 8859 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8860 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8861 // emit a warning. 8862 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8863 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8864 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8865 8866 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8867 // reverse the list. 8868 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8869 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8870 8871 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8872 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8873 8874 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8875 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8876 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8877 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8878 8879 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8880 8881 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8882 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8883 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8884 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8885 else 8886 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8887 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8888 8889 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8890 if (AllElementsInt) 8891 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8892 } 8893 8894 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8895 QualType BestType; 8896 unsigned BestWidth; 8897 8898 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8899 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8900 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8901 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8902 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8903 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8904 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8905 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8906 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8907 QualType BestPromotionType; 8908 8909 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8910 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8911 // enum definitions. 8912 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8913 Packed = true; 8914 8915 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8916 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8917 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8918 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8919 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8920 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8921 } 8922 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8923 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8924 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8925 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8926 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8927 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8928 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8929 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8930 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8931 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8932 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8933 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8934 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8935 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8936 } else { 8937 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8938 8939 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8940 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8941 } else { 8942 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8943 8944 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8945 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8946 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8947 } 8948 } 8949 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8950 } else { 8951 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8952 // all of the enumerator values. 8953 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8954 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8955 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8956 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8957 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8958 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8959 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8960 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8961 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8962 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8963 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8964 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8965 BestPromotionType 8966 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8967 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8968 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8969 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8970 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8971 BestPromotionType 8972 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8973 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8974 } else { 8975 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8976 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8977 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8978 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8979 BestPromotionType 8980 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8981 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8982 } 8983 } 8984 8985 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8986 // the type of the enum if needed. 8987 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8988 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8989 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8990 8991 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8992 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8993 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8994 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8995 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8996 8997 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8998 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8999 9000 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9001 // the enum decl type. 9002 QualType NewTy; 9003 unsigned NewWidth; 9004 bool NewSign; 9005 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9006 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9007 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9008 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9009 NewSign = true; 9010 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9011 // Already the right type! 9012 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9013 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9014 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9015 // enumeration. 9016 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9017 continue; 9018 } else { 9019 NewTy = BestType; 9020 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9021 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9022 } 9023 9024 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9025 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9026 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9027 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9028 9029 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9030 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9031 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9032 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9033 CK_IntegralCast, 9034 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9035 /*base paths*/ 0, 9036 VK_RValue)); 9037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9038 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9039 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9040 // enumeration. 9041 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9042 else 9043 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9044 } 9045 9046 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9047 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9048} 9049 9050Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9051 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9052 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9053 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9054 9055 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9056 AsmString, StartLoc, 9057 EndLoc); 9058 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9059 return New; 9060} 9061 9062void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9063 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9064 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9065 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9066 9067 if (PrevDecl) { 9068 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9069 } else { 9070 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9071 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9072 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9073 } 9074} 9075 9076void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9077 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9078 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9079 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9080 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9081 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9082 LookupOrdinaryName); 9083 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9084 9085 if (PrevDecl) { 9086 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9087 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9088 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9089 } else { 9090 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9091 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9092 } 9093} 9094